Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 332

AMERCOAT

A PPG brand
Protective Coatings Product Catalog
Epoxy Coatings and Linings
Section 3 Product Description
AMERCOAT

One Multi-Purpose Single Component Epoxy


Amercoat 78HB Amine-Cured Coal Tar Epoxy
Amercoat 90HS Epoxy Phenolic Tank Lining
Amercoat 91 Epoxy Novolac Tank Lining
Amercoat 100A Sprayable Epoxy Surfacer
Amercoat 133 Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining
Amercoat 235 Multi-purpose Phenalkamine Epoxy
Amercoat 240 Universal Amine Epoxy Coating
Amercoat 240LT Low Temperature Cure Amine Epoxy
Amercoat 242HB Solvent Free Glass Flake Reinforced Lining
Amercoat 253 Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
Amercoat 333 Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining
Amercoat 351 Solvent Free Modified Phenolic Amine Tank Lining
Amercoat 370 Fast Dry Multi-Purpose Epoxy Coating
Amercoat 385/385PA Multi-Purpose Polyamide Epoxy Coating
Amercoat 399 Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating
www.ppgpmc.com/northamercia
AMERLOCK

Epoxy
Section 2 Product Description
Amerlock 2 Fast Dry, Surface Tolerant, High Solids Epoxy Coating
Amerlock 2AL Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating
Amerlock 2VOC Low VOC, Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating
Amerlock 2/400GF High Solids Glass Flake Epoxy Coating
Amerlock 400 High Solids Epoxy Coating
Amerlock 400AL Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating
Amerlock 400VOC Low VOC, High Solids Epoxy Coating
Amerlock 400BF Epoxy Masonry Block Filler
Amerlock Sealer Penetrating Epoxy Primer Sealer
2014 PPG Industries
PSX

Engineered Siloxane Topcoats


Section 1 Product Description
PSX 700 Engineered Siloxane
PSX 700A Clear Coat Engineered Siloxane Clear Coat
PSX 700X Engineered Siloxane Coating
PSX 1001 High Solids, Single Pack Acrylic Polysiloxane
Protective Coatings Product Catalog Index
Zinc Rich Primers
Section 6 Product Description
Amercoat 68HS Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer
Amercoat 68HS VOC Low VOC, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer
Amercoat 68MCZ Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc Primer
DIMETCOTE

9 Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer


Dimetcote 9 VOC Low VOC, Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
Dimetcote 9H Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
Dimetcote 21-5 Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
Dimetcote 302H Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer
Urethane Linings
Section 4 Product Description
AMERTHANE

490 Elastomeric Polyurea Hybrid


Epoxy Coatings and Linings (contd)
Section 3 Product Description
NOVAGUARD 810 High Build, Rapid Return to Service Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
Novaguard 840 Solvent Free Amine Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Coating
Novaguard 890 Solvent Free Amine Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Coating
PHENGUARD 930 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Primer
Phenguard 935 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Coating
Phenguard 940 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Finish
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650 Solvent Free Amine Cured Epoxy Coating
Sigmaguard 720 Reinforced High Solids Polyamine Adduct Cured Epoxy Coating
Primers
Section 5 Product Description
Amercoat 185H Universal Phenolic Alkyd Primer
Amercoat 5105 Alkyd Primer
Amercoat 5108 Alkyd Shop Primer
DSP-3 Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Pre-Construction Primer
SIGMACOVER 280US Polyamide Cured Epoxy Primer
Sigmaguard 260 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Holding
Primer
SIGMAWELD 199US Moisture Curing, Reduced Zinc (Ethyl) Silicate Pre-Construction Primer
Index (continued)
2014 PPG Industries
www.ppgpmc.com/northamercia
Topcoats
Section 7 Product Description
Amercoat 220P Int./Ext. Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel
PITT-TECH

Plus 90-912 Int./Ext. Low VOC DTM Industrial Primer


Pitt-Tech Plus 90-1110 Int./Ext. Satin Low VOC DTM Industrial Enamel
Pitt-Tech Plus 90-1210 Int./Ext. Semi-Gloss Low VOC DTM Industrial Enamel
Pitt-Tech Plus 90-1310 Int./Ext. Gloss Low VOC DTM Industrial Enamel
Amercoat 229T Gloss Epoxy Acrylic Topcoat
Amercoat 450H Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat
Amercoat 450HSG Semi-Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat
Amercoat 5420 Gloss Alkyd Enamel
AMERSHIELD Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat
Amershield VOC
Low VOC, Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane
DURETHANE DTM DTM Urethane Mastic
FLEXSET TCX Gloss aliphatic polyaspartic topcoat
Fire Proofing Coatings
Section 9 Product Description
ALBI CLAD

800 Solvent based intumescent mastic for cellulosic and hydrocarbon fires
ALBI CLAD

TF Interior, Water Base Thin Film Intumescent Coating
PITT-CHAR XP

Thick Film Intumescent Coating for Hydrocarbon and Cellulosic Fires


STEELGUARD FM550 Thin Film Intumescent Coating for Cellulosic Fires
High Heat Coatings
Section 8 Product Description
Amercoat 741 High Temperature Self Cure, Inorganic Topcoat
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V High Temperature Silicone Acrylic Topcoat
PPG Hi-Temp 500 VHA Hot Applied Silicone Acrylic for PPG Hi-Temp 1027
PPG Hi-Temp 500 VS High Temperature Silicone Acrylic Topcoat
PPG Hi-Temp 600 ZN High Temperature Silicone Acrylic Zinc Primer
PPG Hi-Temp 1000 V High Temperature Silicone Topcoat
PPG Hi-Temp 1000 VHA Hot Applied Silicone Topcoat for PPG Hi-Temp 1027
PPG Hi-Temp 1000 VS Silicone Topcoat for PPG Hi-Temp 1027
PPG Hi-Temp

1050 ZN High Temperature Silicone Zinc Primer
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 High Build, Multipolymeric Matrix CUI Coating
PPG Hi-Temp 222 G High Temperature, High-build Multi-polymeric Composite for
Carbon Steel
PPG Hi-Temp 707 HB Thermal Waterborne Liquid Insulation
PPG Hi-Temp 850 TC Waterborne Acrylic Topcoat for PPG Hi-Temp 707 HB
Index (continued)
2014 PPG Industries
www.ppgpmc.com/northamercia
Index (continued)
Specialty Products & Additives
Section 10 Product Description
AMERASE Graffiti Cleaner
Amercoat 114A Epoxy Filler Compound
Amercoat 851 Flow Control Additive
Amercoat 861 Epoxy Accelerator
Amercoat 866M Urethane Accelerator
Amercoat 880 Glassflake Additive
Amercoat 884 Thixotropic Fumed Silica Additive
Amercoat 965 Acrylic Modified Cement
Prep 88 Water Based Alkaline Cleaner
TIDEGUARD 171A Sprayable Epoxy Cladding
AMERCOAT, AMERLOCK, AMERTHANE, DIMETCOTE and PSX are registered trademarks of PPG Industries
Ohio, Inc. AMERSHIELD, AMERASE and TIDEGUARD are trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PITT-CHAR XP
and PITT-TECH are registered trademarks of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. FLEXSET, NOVAGUARD, PHENGUARD,
SIGMACOVER, SIGMAGUARD, SIGMAWELD, STEELGUARD are trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP and PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
2014 PPG Industries
www.ppgpmc.com/northamercia
July 2013
Revision of June 2013
DESCRIPTION Engineered Siloxane
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high gloss epoxy siloxane
Virtually HAPs free, ultra-low VOC
High durability in challenging environments
Abrasion resistant
Resists dirt pickup, easily cleaned
Can be applied directly to zinc primers as a 2-coat system
Can be applied direct-to-steel in ISO 12944 C1-C3 environments
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Standard and Custom Colors available
Yellow, red, and orange colors will fade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments
with lead free pigments in these colors.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 90% 3%
VOC* 0.7 lbs/gal (84 g/L)
* The mixed and applied coating cure reaction will produce VOC of mixed alcohols. For 100 g/l VOC
requirements, a VOC - exempt thinner such as 97-939 may be used as needed.
Recommended
Dry film thickness* 3 - 7 mils per coat (75-175 microns)
* When applying more than one coat, it is recommended that the total dry film thickness not exceed 10 mils.
Theoretical Spread Rate 1444 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils dft
289 ft
2
/gal @ 5 mils dft
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopened
container. Store product in dry conditions at temperatures of 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with an angular 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.
Or see instructions for specific primer
Apply PSX 700 as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.
Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
Concrete See specific primer
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of
1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated
with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12
months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present may
be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other
contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile.
PSX

700
page 1/4
A test patch is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate
sealed galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion
problems may occur.
Aged Coatings Contact your PPG representative. A test patch of PSX 700 over in-tact clean
coating and observation for film defects and adhesion over a period of time may be
required, dependent upon the type of coating.
PSX 700 is compatible over Amercoat 450-series.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 32F to 100F (0C to 32C) (FD cure should be used below 40F)
Material temperatures 32F to 100F (0C to 32C)
Relative humidity 40% minimum
Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated
structures.
Surface temperature 32F to 120F (0C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
Note: PSX 700 should be allowed to reach a Dry-to-Touch condition before force curing
above 140F
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate
speeds to homogenize the container. Pour in the hardener component and power
agitate until thoroughly mixed.
Pot life
Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.015 0.017 fluid tip
recommended
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended. Use an agitated pressure pot.
Brush & roll Use a well loaded, high quality natural bristle brush. Maintain a wet edge.
Use a high quality, well loaded, solvent resistant, low nap (1/4-3/8) roller. Amercoat 851
flow control additive may be used to enhance flow and leveling of brush strokes and
roller stipple.
Be aware that multiple coats may be required to achieve uniform and sufficient film
thickness to provide proper hiding when applying by brush or roller.
Thinner Amercoat 911, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 911 thinner
Primers Dimetcote 9-series, Dimetcote 21-5, Dimetcote 302H, Amercoat 68HS, Amerlock 2/400,
Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 240, Amercoat 235
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when applying over inorganic
zincs to prevent application bubbling. Thin the mist coat up to 15% with Amercoat 911 or
Amercoat 101. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
PSX 700
page 2/4
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
PSX 700 & PSX 700FD 6.5 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours
page 3/4
PSX 700
DRY/CURE TIMES* PSX 700 @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity
* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean and
dry. Use Prep 88 for very dirty surfaces. When re-coating between the dry through time and 7 days, solvent
wipe the surface with Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 12 prior to application of the second coat.
PSX 700FD @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity
* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean and
dry. Use Prep 88 for very dirty surfaces. When re-coating between the dry through time and 7 days, solvent
wipe the surface with Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 12 prior to application of the second coat.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 Performance
NFPA Class A Flame Spread
USDA Incidental Food Contact
AWWA D102-08 Outside Coating System
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1 gallon and 5 gallon kits
Product codes PX70023 Pearl Gray Base
PX7003 White Base
PX7009 Black Base
PX700T1 Deep Tint Base*
PX700T2 Light Tint Base*
PX700T3 Neutral Tint Base*
PX700T4 Red Tint Base*
PX700T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint Base*
PX70071 Safety Red Base
PX70081 Safety Yellow Base
PX700-B Hardener component
PX700FD-B Fast Dry hardener component
* Product must be tinted with special PSX tints only. Tintable with UCD PS Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 7 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 16 hours 8.5 hours 4.5 hours 3 hours
Dry to overcoat* 12 hours 7 hours 3 hours 2 hours
Maximum overcoat unlimited*
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 9 hours 6 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours
Dry through 24 hours 11 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Dry to overcoat* 20 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours 3 hours
Maximum overcoat unlimited*
page 4/4
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PSX 700
PSX is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
February 2014
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Engineered Siloxane Clear Coat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high gloss epoxy siloxane
Low HAPs, ultra-low VOC
High durability in challenging environments
Abrasion resistant
Resists dirt pickup, easily cleaned
Isocyanate free
COLOR AND GLOSS Clear
Gloss
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 80% 3%
VOC 0.9 lbs/gal (108 g/L) based on (EPA Method 24)
* The mixed and applied coating cure reaction will produce VOC of mixed alcohols.
Recommended
Dry film thickness* (per coat) 2 3 mils (50 75 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1283 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 3 mils dft 428 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopened container.
Store product in dry conditions at temperatures of 40-100F.
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. See specific
primer for surface preparation details.
Aged Coatings Contact your PPG representative. A test patch of PSX 700A Clear Coat over in-tact
clean coating and observation for film defects and adhesion over a period of time
may be required, dependent upon the type of coating. PSX 700A Clear Coat should
be applied over a UV-resistant coating in applications exposed to direct sunlight.
PSX 700A Clear Coat is compatible over Amercoat 450-series.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 32F to 120F (0C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 32F to 100F (0C to 32C)
Relative humidity 50% minimum
Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated
structures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in low
humidity environments.
Surface temperature 32F to 120F (0C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventilation
during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 5 parts base : 1 part hardener
Add hardener component and thinner (as needed) to the base component. Mix using a
power mixer at low speed for 1-2 minutes being careful not to whip air bubbles into the
product. For clear coats, allow bubbles to escape from the surface for a few minutes prior
to application and spray a test area to ensure the film is clear.
PSX

700A Clear Coat


page 1/3
Pot life*
Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment,
30:1 pump or larger, 0.015 0.017" fluid tip recommended
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended. Use an agitated pressure pot.
Brush & roll Use a well loaded, high quality natural bristle brush. Maintain a wet edge.
Use a high quality, well loaded, solvent resistant, low nap (1/4"- 3/8") roller. Amercoat 851
flow control additive may be used to enhance flow and leveling of brush strokes and
roller stipple.
Be aware that multiple coats may be required to achieve uniform and sufficient film
thickness to provide proper hiding when applying by brush or roller.
Thinner Amercoat 911, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 911 thinner
Primers* Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 240, Amercoat 235,
Amerlock Sealer, Pitt-guard Epoxies
* Epoxies should be topcoated with a UV-resistant coating such as PSX polysiloxanes, Amercoat 450H-series,
or Pitthane polyurethane for applications with direct sunlight exposure.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* PSX 700A Clear Coat @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity
* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean and
dry. When re-coating within 72 hours, solvent wipe the surface with Amercoat 911 thinner prior to application of
the second coat.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS NFPA Class A Flame Spread
USDA Incidental Food Contact
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon kits
Product codes PX700A0 Base component
PX700A0B Hardener component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
PSX 700A Clear Coat
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
PSX 700A Clear Coat 6.5 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours
page 2/3
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 4.5 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour
Dry through 24 hours 7 hours 4 hours 3 hours
Dry to overcoat* 20 hours 6 hours 3 hours 2 hours
Maximum overcoat 30 days
page 3/3
PSX 700A Clear Coat
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PSX is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
November 2013
Revision of September 2013
DESCRIPTION Engineered Siloxane Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high gloss epoxy siloxane
Virtually HAPs free, ultra-low VOC
High durability in challenging environments
Abrasion resistant
Resists dirt pickup, easily cleaned
Can be applied directly to zinc primers as a 2-coat system
Resists high humidity environments
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Standard and Custom Colors available
Yellow, red, and orange colors will fade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments
with lead free pigments in these colors.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 97% 2%
VOC* 0.62 lbs/gal (75 g/L)
* The mixed and applied coating cure reaction will produce VOC of mixed alcohols. For 100 g/l VOC
requirements, a VOC - exempt thinner such as 97-939 may be used as needed.
Recommended
Dry film thickness* 3 - 7 mils per coat (75-175 microns)
* When applying more than one coat, it is recommended that the total dry film thickness not exceed 10 mils.
Theoretical Spread Rate 1556 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils dft
311 ft
2
/gal @ 5 mils dft
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopened
container. Store product in dry conditions at temperatures of 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with an angular 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.
Or see instructions for specific primer.
Apply PSX 700X as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.
Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
Concrete See specific primer
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of
1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated
with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12
months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present may
be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other
contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile.
PSX

700X
page 1/4
A test patch is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate
sealed galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion
problems may occur.
Aged Coatings Contact your PPG representative. A test patch of PSX 700X over in-tact clean
coating and observation for film defects and adhesion over a period of time may be
required, dependent upon the type of coating. PSX 700X is compatible over
Amercoat 450-series.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Material temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 40% minimum
Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated
structures.
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
Note: PSX 700X should be allowed to reach a Dry-to-Touch condition before force
curing above 140F
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate
speeds to homogenize the container. Pour in the hardener component and power
agitate until thoroughly mixed.
Pot life
Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.015 0.017 fluid tip
recommended
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended. Use an agitated pressure pot.
Brush & roll Use a well loaded, high quality natural bristle brush. Maintain a wet edge.
Use a high quality, well loaded, solvent resistant, low nap (1/4-3/8) roller. Amercoat 851
flow control additive may be used to enhance flow and leveling of brush strokes and
roller stipple.
Be aware that multiple coats may be required to achieve uniform and sufficient film
thickness to provide proper hiding when applying by brush or roller.
Thinner Amercoat 911, Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinner
Primers Dimetcote 9-series, Dimetcote 21-5, Dimetcote 302H, Amercoat 68HS, Amerlock 2/400,
Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 240, Amercoat 235
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when applying over inorganic
zincs to prevent application bubbling. Thin the mist coat up to 15% with Amercoat 911 or
Amercoat 101. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
PSX 700X
page 2/4
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
PSX 700X 6.5 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours
page 3/4
PSX 700X
DRY/CURE TIMES* PSX 700X @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity
* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean and
dry. Use Prep 88 for very dirty surfaces. When re-coating between the dry through time and 7 days, solvent
wipe the surface with Amercoat 12 cleaner prior to application of the second coat.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 Performance
USDA Incidental Food Contact
AWWA D102-08 Outside Coating System
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1 gallon and 5 gallon kits
Product codes PX700X3 White Base
PX700X9 Black Base
PX700XT1 Deep Tint Base*
PX700XT2 Light Tint Base*
PX700XT3 Neutral Tint Base*
PX700X-B Hardener component
* Product must be tinted with special PSX tints only. Tintable with UCD PS Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 14 hours 8 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours
Dry through 36 hours 13 hours 9 hours 5 hours
Dry to overcoat* 20 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours 3 hours
Maximum overcoat unlimited*
page 4/4
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PSX 700X
PSX is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
January 2014
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Single Pack Acrylic Polysiloxane
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability
Ease of application, brush, roll, or spray
Isocyanate free
Excellent gloss retention
Meets SSPC Paint 36 Level 3
COLOR AND GLOSS Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors
Gloss
* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially if
applied over primers with a significant color contrast.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 55% 3%
VOC 3.2 lbs/gal (384 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 3 mils; (50 75 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 882 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 2 mils dft 441 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 1
Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to the
application instructions for specifc primers and intermediate coats for application and curing
procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. All previous
coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum topcoat
times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may require abrad-
ing prior to applying PSX 1001. Atest patch over unknown coatings is recommended.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C) Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew
point temperature.
Relative humidity 20% 90%
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.
Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind
from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be
used to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.
Thinner Amercoat 911
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 911 thinner
PSX

1001
page 1/3
Primers Amercoat One, Amercoat 5105, Amercoat 185H, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 399,
Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 235, Amercoat 240
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* PSX 1001 @ 2 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
NFPA Class A Flame Spread
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes PX1001-23 Pearl Gray base
PX1001-3 White base
PX1001-9 Black base
PX1001-T1 Deep tint base*
PX1001-T2 Light tint base*
PX1001-T3 Neutral tint base*
PX1001-T4 Red tint base*
PX1001-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base*
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
PSX 1001
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours
Dry to recoat 12 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
PSX 1001
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PSX is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
March 2014
Revision of May 2013
DESCRIPTION Fast Dry, Surface Tolerant, High Solids Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Fast dry
Low VOC
High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel
Self priming over most existing coatings
Compatible with prepared damp surfaces
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces
Dry temperature resistance up to 450F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces when
mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive
Suitable for use in many industries including off-shore, water/wastewater, power,
steel fabrication and public use facilities.
Proven coating as a bulk rail lining and dtm exterior coating
COLOR AND GLOSS* Semi-gloss
Standard primer colors, custom colors, and aluminum
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to some
extent. Note that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factory
grind batches for immersion.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 85% 3%
VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L) EPA Method 24
(Use Amerlock 2 VOC when <100 g/L formulation is required)
1.4 lbs/gal (163 g/L) Directive 1999/13/EC, SED
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils (100 200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1331 ft
2
/gal
@ 5 mils dft 266 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 250F Intermittent 350F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method.When this is
impossible or impractical, Amerlock 2 can be applied over mechanically cleaned
surfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including salt
deposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.
Mild Steel Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the following
depending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC-SP2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO
8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). The choice of surface preparation will depend on
the system selected and end-use service conditions.
For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC-SP10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).
Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 1.0-5.0 mils (25-125 microns) as indicted by a
Keane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steel
may be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).
The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special at-
tention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. For slabs on
grade, test for moisture in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test).
AMERLOCK

2
page 1/4
The maximum allowable moisture transmission is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft
2
/24 hours. Refer to
Information Sheet 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of
1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated
with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12
months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present may
be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other
contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is recom-
mended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizing
without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged coatings All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amerlock 2 is
compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,
a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, feathering
edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
* Amerlock 400 hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for applications that require a
long pot life. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400 and Amerlock 2. The B components are inter-
changeable.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 to 100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for
optimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point
temperature.
Surface temperature 20F to 122 F (-6C to 50C)
* Amerlock 2 may be applied to surfaces as hot as 250F (121C) for non-immersion service. When applying
Amerlock 2 to surfaces between 122F and 250F, Amerlock 2 must be thinned at 1/2 pint per gallon with only
Amercoat 101 thinner. Multiple thin passes may be required to achieve film build and to avoid solvent blistering.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,
detection, and mitigation of amine blush.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
AMERLOCK 2
page 2/4
32F 50F 70F 90F
2 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 hour
2AL 3 hours 1.5 hours 0.75 hour 0.5 hour
page 3/4
AMERLOCK 2
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F), Amercoat T10,
Amercoat 8 (to extend pot life 10-20%)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ
Topcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220
Series Acrylics, Pitthane Polyurethanes
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 2 @ 5 mils dft
Amerlock 2 Aluminum @ 5 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window. An extended recoatable window
may be allowable in some circumstances. Please contact your PPG PMC representative for more details.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development
Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for tanks, pipes, valves, and fittings.
For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at:
www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
AWWA C210-98
AWWA C550-98
AWWA D102-06 ICS #1, #2, #3, #5
LEEDs compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category
Nuclear Service Level 2 (ANSI N 5.12, ANSI N 101.2)
NORSOK M501 Rev. 5, System 7 Subsea surfaces
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 24 hours 8 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 38 hours 14 hours 5 hours 3 hours
Dry to recoat/topcoat 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 21 days 7 days 4 days
Cure to immersion
factory colors only
21 days 7 days 4 days 3 days
Cure to immersion -
potable water
Refer to: www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
for specific application and curing requirements
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 30 hours 11 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours
Dry through 48 hours 17 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours
Dry to recoat 30 hours 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 21 days 7 days 4 days
Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days 3 days
page 4/4
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
Inventory (made to order, etc..) Global availability
Product codes AK2-1 Buff
AK2-3 White
AK2-9 Black
AK2-23 Pearl Gray
AK2-72 Oxide Red
AK2-81 Safety Yellow
AK2-T1 Deep Tint base*
AK2-T2 Light Tint base*
AK2-T3 Neutral Tint base*
AK2-T4 Red Tint base*
AK2-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*
AK2-B Hardener component
AK2-01A Amerlock 2AL Aluminum Base
AK2-01B Amerlock 2AL Aluminum Hardener
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERLOCK 2
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
November 2012
Revision of November 2012
DESCRIPTION Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Fast dry, Low Temperature Curing
Low VOC
High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel
Self priming over most existing coatings
Formulated with lamellar aluminum flake for enhanced corrosion protection
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surface
COLOR AND GLOSS* Dull Metallic
Aluminum
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 88% 3%
VOC 1.0 lbs/gal (120 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils (100 200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1411 ft
2
/gal
@ 6 mils dft 235 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Remove all surface
contaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher for
immersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service,
abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.
The product may be applied over an SSPC WJ-2(L) where a previous blast profile
can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied
over surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and
power tool cleaning).
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface dis-
continuities.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile.
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. Atest patch is recommended.
Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with
SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings.
Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered,
in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel
in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersion
service).
AMERLOCK

2AL
page 1/3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 to 90%, For immersion service and for optimum performance, surface temperature
must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Surface temperature 20F to 122 F (-6C to 50C)
* The surface should be inspected to ensure there is no ice present on the substrate in cold weather conditions.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,
detection, and mitigation of amine blush.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.019-0.021 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS
Topcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220
Series Acrylics
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 2AL @ 5 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AMERLOCK 2AL
page 2/3
32F 50F 70F 90F
2AL 3 hours 1.5 hours 0.75 hour 0.5 hour
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 30 hours 11 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours
Dry through 48 hours 17 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours
Dry to recoat 30 hours 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 21 days 7 days 4 days
Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days 3 days
page 3/3
AMERLOCK 2AL
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
Inventory (made to order, etc..) Global availability
Product codes AK2-01A Amerlock 2AL Aluminum Base
AK2-01B Amerlock 2AL Aluminum Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
November 2012
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Fast dry, dry to recoat in 3 hours at 70F (21C)
VOC compliant for <100 g/L specifications
High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel
Self priming over most existing coatings
Compatible with prepared damp surfaces
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces
Dry temperature resistance up to 450F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces when
mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive
COLOR AND GLOSS* Standard primer colors and custom colors
Semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to some
extent. Note that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factory
grind batches for immersion.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 83% 3%
VOC 0.7 lbs/gal (84 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils per coat (100 200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1331 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 5 mils dft 266 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 350F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to a SSPC
SP-10 cleanliness or higher for immersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-
4.0 mils. For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.
The product may be applied over a SSPC SP WJ-2(L) where a previous blast pro-
file can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied
over surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and
power tool cleaning).
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface dis-
continuities. Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble
salt level for water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry
and service temperatures.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. For slabs on
grade, test for moisture in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test).
The maximum allowable moisture transmission is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft
2
/24 hours. Refer to
Information Sheet 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
AMERLOCK

2VOC
page 1/4
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of
1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated
with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12
months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present may
be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other
contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is recom-
mended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizing
without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged Coatings and Repairs All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amerlock 2VOC
is compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, how-
ever, a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is
recommended. Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in
accordance with SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some
existing coatings. Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges
of tightly adhered, in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean
the existing steel in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC
SP-11 (immersion service).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0-100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for opti-
mum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point tem-
perature.
Surface temperature 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
AMERLOCK 2VOC
50F 70F 90F
2VOC 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 0.75 hour
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERLOCK 2VOC
Thinner PPG 97-739 and tert-butyl acetate are VOC exempt thinners which can be used
without limit to maintain < 100 g/L.
The following thinners may be used up to 2.5 oz. per gallon to maintain a VOC of
< 100 g/L.
Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F),
Amercoat 8 (to extend pot life 10-20%)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- Series Primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ
Topcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield VOC, PSX 700, PSX One
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 2VOC @ 5 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.surfaces. Higher surface tem-
peratures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
AWWA D102-06 ICS #1, #2, #3, #5
LEEDs compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 24 hours 8 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 38 hours 13 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours
Dry to recoat/
topcoat
24 hours 6 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
Cure to immersion
factory colors only
21 days 7 days 3 days 2 days
page 4/4
Product codes AK2V-1 Buff base component
AK2V-3 White base component
AK2V-9 Black base component
AK2V-23 Pearl Gray base component
AK2V-72 Oxide Red base component
AK2V-81 Safety Yellow base component
AK2V-T1 Deep Tint base component*
AK2V-T2 Light Tint base component*
AK2V-T3 Neutral Tint base component*
AK2V-T5 High Hiding Yellow base component*
AK2V-B Hardener component
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERLOCK 2VOC
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION High solids glass flake epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High build, up to 20 mils in one coat
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces
Continuous dry temperature resistance of 425F on insulated or uninsulated
surfaces
Resistant to well defined cathodic protections
Decreased film permeability due to glass flake pigmentation
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
Standard primer colors and custom colors
* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to
ambering to some extent. Only use factory colors for immersion service.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 87% 3%
VOC 1.4 lbs/gal (172 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat)* 8 20 mils (200 500 microns)
* For high temperature applications above 250F, limit total film thickness to 10 mils dft with spot readings to 12
mils.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1347 ft
2
/gallon
@ 8 mils dft 168 ft
2
/gallon
@ 20 mils dft 67 ft
2
/gallon
Components 3
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher for
immersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service,
abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.
The product may be applied over an SSPC SP-12 WJ-2(L) where a previous blast
profile can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied
over surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and
power tool cleaning).
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface
discontinuities.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and
provide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Surface should
be free from moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263. Refer to Information Sheet
#1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements. Slabs on grade
should have a maximum moisture content of 3 lbs/1,000 ft
2
/24 hours when
measured by calcium chloride test.
AMERLOCK

2/400GF
page 1/4
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1.5-4.0 mils.
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. Atest patch is recommended.
Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with
SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings.
Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered,
in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel
in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersion
service).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
* Amerlock 400 hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for applications that require a
long pot life. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400 and Amerlock 2. The B components are inter-
changeable
Material temperatures 40 to 90F (5 to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 to 100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for
optimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point
temperature.
Surface temperature 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed. Slowly incorporate glass flake additive under
agitation over 1-2 minutes to ensure the glass flake is thoroughly mixed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.027-0.035 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F), Amercoat 8 (to extend
pot life 10-20%)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ,
Amerlock 2/400, Amerlock Sealer
Topcoats Amercoat 450 series polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX ONE, Pitthane
polyurethanes
AMERLOCK 2/400GF
50F 70F 90F
2GF 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 hours
400GF 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERLOCK 2/400GF
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 2GF @ 8 mils dft
Amerlock 400GF @ 8 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
LEEDs compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
Add one 3-gallon can of Amercoat 880 glass flake additive for each 5 gallon kit.
Add one 1-gallon can of Amercoat 880 glass flake for each 2 gallon kit.
Inventory (made to order, etc..) Global availability
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 48 hours 16 hours 6 hours 2 hours
Dry through 72 hours 24 hours 8 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat/topcoat 48 hours 16 hours 7 hours 4 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 3 days 2 days
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 28 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours
Dry through 48 hours 20 hours 12 hours
Dry to recoat/ topcoat 36 hours 16 hours 10 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 90 days 45 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
60 days 30 days 14 days
Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days
page 4/4
Product codes AK2-1 Buff
AK2-3 White
AK2-9 Black
AK2-23 Pearl Gray
AK2-72 Oxide Red
AK2-81 Safety Yellow
AK2-T1 Deep Tint base
AK2-T2 Light Tint base
AK2-T3 Neutral Tint base
AK2-T4 Red Tint base
AK2-T5 High HidingYellow Tint base
AK2-B Hardener component for Amerlock 2GF
AK400-B Hardener component for Amerlock 400GF
AT880 Glass flake additive
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERLOCK 2/400GF
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
September 2013
Revision of May 2013
DESCRIPTION High Solids Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Low VOC
High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel
Self priming over most existing coatings
Compatible with prepared damp surfaces
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces
Dry temperature resistance up to 450F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces when
mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive
COLOR AND GLOSS Semi-gloss
Standard primer colors and custom colors
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to some
extent. Note that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factory
grind batches for immersion.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 85% 3%
VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L)
1.4 lbs/gal (163 g/L) Directive 1999/13/EC, SED
(Use Amerlock 400VOC when <100 g/L formulation is required)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils (100 200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1331 ft
2
/gal
@ 5 mils dft 266 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 250F Intermittent 350F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method. When this is
impossible or impractical, Amerlock 400 can be applied over mechanically cleaned
surfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including salt
deposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.
Mild Steel Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the following
depending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC-SP2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO
8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). The choice of surface preparation will depend on
the system selected and end-use service conditions.
For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC-SP10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).
Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 1.0-5.0 mils (50-75microns) as indicted by a
Keane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steel
may be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC -SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).
The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special
attention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. For slabs on
grade, test for moisture in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test).
The maximum allowable moisture transmission is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft
2
/24 hours. Refer to
Information Sheet 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
AMERLOCK

400
page 1/4
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch
is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed
galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems
may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged coatings All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amerlock 400 is
compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,
a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, feathering
edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 122F (5C to 50C)
20F to 122 F (-6C to 50C) with 1 pint per gal of Amercoat 861 accelerator per 5 gal
* Amerlock 2 hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for faster cure and curing in lower
temperatures. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400 and Amerlock 2. The B components are
interchangeable.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 to 100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for
optimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point
temperature.
Surface temperature 40F to 122F (5C to 50C)
20F to 122 F (-6C to 50C) with 1 pint of Amercoat 861 thinner per 5 - gallons
* Amerlock 400 may be applied to surfaces as hot as 250F (121C) for non-immersion service. When applying
Amerlock 400 to surfaces between 122F and 250F, Amerlock 400 must be thinned at 1/2 pint per gallon with only
Amercoat 101 thinner. Multiple thin passes may be required to achieve film build and to avoid solvent blistering.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101
AMERLOCK 400
page 2/4
50F 70F 90F
400 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
400 w/ 1 pint of 861
per 5 gallons
1.5 hours 1 hour 30 minutes
page 3/4
AMERLOCK 400
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS
Topcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220
Series Acrylics, Pitthane Polyurethanes, PittTech Acrylics
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 400 @ 5 mils dft
ACCELERATED DRY TIMES Amerlock 400 w/ 1 pint Amercoat 861 per 5 gallons @ 5 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window. An extended recoatable window
may be allowable in some circumstances. Please contact your PPG PMC representative for more details.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development
Qualified for ANSI / NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for valves only.
For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at:
www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
AWWA C210-98
AWWA C550-98
MPI Category #108
LEEDs compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category
Nuclear Service Level 2 (ANSI N 5.12, ANSI N 101.2)
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 96 hours 28 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours
Dry through 140 hours 48 hours 20 hours 12 hours
Dry to recoat/topcoat 120 hours 36 hours 16 hours 6 hours
Max recoat, self 120 days 120 days 90 days 30 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 30 days 30 days 15 days
Cure to immersion
factory colors only
NR 21 days 7 days 4 days
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 96 hours 48 hours 15 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Dry through 160 hours 72 hours 24 hours 9 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat/topcoat 28 hours 16 hours 16 hours 7 hours 4 hours
Max recoat, self 60 days 60 days 45 days 30 days 15 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 30 days 21 days 14 days 5 days
Cure to immersion
factory colors only
NR NR NR NR NR
page 4/4
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
Inventory (made to order, etc..) Global availability
Product codes AK2-1 Buff
AK2-3 White
AK2-9 Black
AK2-23 Pearl Gray
AK2-72 Oxide Red
AK2-81 Safety Yellow
AK2-T1 Deep Tint base*
AK2-T2 Light Tint base*
AK2-T3 Neutral Tint base*
AK2-T4 Red Tint base*
AK2-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*
AK400-B Hardener component
AK400AL Amerlock 400 Aluminum base (Refer to Amerlock 400AL Data Sheet)
AK400AL-B Amerlock 400 Aluminum hardener (Refer to Amerlock 400AL Data Sheet)
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the
contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERLOCK 400
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of August 2012
DESCRIPTION Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Low VOC
High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel
Self priming over most existing coatings
Formulated with lamellar aluminum flake for enhanced corrosion protection
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces
COLOR AND GLOSS Dull Metallic
Aluminum
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 88% 3%
VOC 1.0 lbs/gal (120 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils (100 200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1411 ft
2
/gal
@ 6 mils dft 235 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Remove all surface
contaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher for
immersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service,
abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.
The product may be applied over an SSPC WJ-2(L) where a previous blast profile
can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied
over surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and
power tool cleaning).
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface
discontinuities.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile.
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. Atest patch is recommended.
Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with
SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings.
Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered,
in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel
in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersion
service).
AMERLOCK

400AL
page 1/3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 122F (5C to 50C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 to 90%, For immersion service and for optimum performance, surface temperature
must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Surface temperature 40F to 122F (5C to 50C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.019-0.021 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS
Topcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220
Series Acrylics, Pitthane Polyurethanes, PittTech Acrylics
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 400AL @ 5 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AMERLOCK 400AL
50F 70F 90F
400AL 10 hours 5.5 hours 3.5 hours
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 36 hours 12 hours 4 hours
Dry through 72 hours 24 hours 7.5 hours
Dry to recoat 36 hours 16 hours 6 hours
Max recoat, self 120 days 90 days 30 days
Max topcoat, urethanes, PSX 30 days 30 days 15 days
Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days
page 3/3
AMERLOCK 400AL
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
Inventory (made to order, etc..) Global availability
Product codes AK400AL Amerlock 400 Aluminum base
AK400AL-B Amerlock 400 Aluminum hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of July 2012
DESCRIPTION Low VOC, High Solids Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS VOC compliant for <100 g/L specifications
High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel
Self priming over most existing coatings
Compatible with prepared damp surfaces
Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces
Dry temperature resistance up to 450F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces when
mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive
COLOR AND GLOSS Standard primer colors and custom colors
Semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to
ambering to some extent.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 83% 3%
VOC 0.82 lbs/gal (98 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils (100 200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1331 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 5 mils dft 266 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 350F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher for
immersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service,
abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.
The product may be applied over an SSPC SP WJ-2(L) where a previous blast
profile can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied
over surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and
power tool cleaning).
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface
discontinuities.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. For slabs on
grade, test for moisture in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test).
The maximum allowable moisture transmission is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft
2
/24 hours. Refer to
Information Sheet 1496ACUS for further detailes regarding moisture measurements.
AMERLOCK

400VOC
page 1/4
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of
1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated
with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12
months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present may
be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other
contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is recom-
mended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizing
without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is recom-
mended. Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accor-
dance with SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing
coatings. Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly
adhered, in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the
existing steel in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11
(immersion service).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
* Epoxy Amerlock 2VOC hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for applications that
require a faster dry time or application at lower temperature. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400VOC
and Amerlock 2VOC. The B components are interchangeable.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0-100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for optimum
performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Surface temperature 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
AMERLOCK 400VOC
50F 70F 90F
400VOC 4 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours
w/ pint Amercoat 861
accelerator per 5 gallons
2.5 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour
w/ 1 pint Amercoat 861
accelerator per 5 gallons
1.5 hours 1 hour 45 minutes
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERLOCK 400VOC
Thinner PPG 97-739 and tert-butyl acetate are VOC exempt thinners which can be used with-
out limit to maintain < 100 g/L.
The following thinners may be used up to 2.5 oz. per gallon to maintain a VOC of < 100 g/L.
Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F),
Amercoat 8 (to extend pot life 10-20%)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ
Topcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield VOC, PSX 700, PSX One
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 400VOC @ 5 mils dft
ACCELERATED DRY TIMES Amerlock 400VOC w/ 1 pint Amercoat 861 per 5 gallons @ 5 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
AWWA D102-06 ICS #1, #2, #3, #5
LEEDs compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 28 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours
Dry through 40 hours 20 hours 12 hours
Dry to recoat/ topcoat 32 hours 16 hours 8 hours
Max recoat, self 120 days 90 days 45 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 30 days 14 days
Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 48 hours 15 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Dry through 72 hours 24 hours 10 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat/ topcoat 16 hours 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Max recoat, self 60 days 45 days 30 days 15 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
30 days 21 days 14 days 5 days
Cure to immersion NR NR NR NR
page 4/4
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
Product codes AK2V-1 Buff base
AK2V-3 White base
AK2V-9 Black base
AK2V-23 Pearl Gray base
AK2V-72 Oxide Red base
AK2V-81 Safety Yellow base
AK2V-T1 Deep tint base*
AK2V-T2 Light tint base*
AK2V-T3 Neutral tint base*
AK2V-T5 High hiding yellow tint base*
AK400V-B Hardener component
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERLOCK 400VOC
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of February 2012
DESCRIPTION Epoxy Masonry Block Filler
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Low VOC
Suitable for wet environments
COLOR AND GLOSS Off White
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 75% 3%
VOC 1.66 lbs/gal (200 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 10 20 mils (250 500 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1200 ft
2
/gallon
@ 20 mils dft 60 ft
2
/gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION
Masonry Clean surface in accordance with ASTM D 4261 requirements to remove any
surface contaminants and loose particles. Allow surface to dry until it passes a
plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D 4263. Moisture levels (including
grout) should be a maximum of 12%.
Concrete Clean surface in accordance with ASTM D 4258. Abrade the surface in accordance
with ASTM D 4259. The surface should pass a plastic sheet test as per ASTM D
4263. Fill large voids, surface cracks, and bug holes with Amercoat 114A epoxy
filler, or Amercoat 915 Acrylic Cement
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 122F (5C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 85%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for
optimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point
temperature.
Surface temperature 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
AMERLOCK

400BF
page 1/3
50F 70F 90F
400BF 4 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment. Spray a wet coat over
block surface. Back roll with a saturated roller to work into block porosity.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate
Topcoats Amercoat 450-series polyurethanes, Amershield, Pitthane polyurethanes, PSX 700,
PSX One, Amercoat 220-series acrylics, Pitt Tech, Pitt Tech Plus, PPG Epoxies,
Aquapon WB
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 400BF @ 10 mils dft
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development
MPI Category #116
LEEDs compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category
Nuclear Service Level 2 (ANSI N 5.12, ANSI N 101.2)
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
AMERLOCK 400BF
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 6 hours 3 hours 1 hour
Dry through 18 hours 9 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat / topcoat 18 hours 9 hours 5 hours
Max recoat, self 120 days 90 days 30 days
Max topcoat, urethanes, PSX 30 days 21 days 14 days
Max topcoat, acrylics 7 days 4 days 2 days
Full cure
(below grade applications)*
14 days 7 days 4 days
page 3/3
AMERLOCK 400BF
Product codes AK400B-30 Base component
AK400B-B Hardener component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of February 2012
DESCRIPTION Penetrating Epoxy Primer Sealer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Solvent Free
Compatible with damp surfaces
Wicking action penetrates rusted steel and concrete surfaces
Surface tolerant for applications where abrasive blasting is not an option
Accepts broad range of topcoats
Can be used as a curing compound for new concrete (see system guide #1441)
Excellent tie coat for many existing coatings
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Clear
* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Amerlock Sealer will amber with age.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 100%
VOC 0 lbs/gal; 0 g/L calculated
0.9 lbs/gal; 90 g/L (EPA Method 24)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 1 2 mils per coat (25 50 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1600 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Use of Amerlock Sealer provides a viable options for coating projects where abrasive
blasting is not possible, but it is not a performance substitute for abrasive blasting in
many circumstances.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasive
blasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable. Amerlock Sealer may be applied
over waterjetted surfaces as well.
Aluminum Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Treat with chromating conversion coatings or phosphatizing agents. Applicable over
surface treatments such as MIL-C-5541. Alternately, lightly abrasive blast with fine
abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-3 mils.
Galvanizing or Galvalume

Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner, then use a phosphatizing
conversion coating. Alternately, power tool clean to uniformly abrade the surface or
lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1-3 mils.
Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coated
after power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfaces
that have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be lightly abrasive
blasted. Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates
are not completely removed.
Concrete New Slabs All surfaces to be coated must be strong and sound, contain no
additives or hardeners, and should not be treated with other sealers or conventional
curing compounds containing waxes, silicones, or silicates. New slabs (horizontal
surfaces), should have a float or broom finish as described in ACI Specification
301. Finishing shall be within Class A tolerance when using Amerlock Sealer as a
concrete curing compound and applying an epoxy surfacing.
AMERLOCK

Sealer
page 1/3
When using Amerlock Sealer as a curing compound, product should be applied to
the concrete within 72 hours after placement of concrete and as soon as forms can
be removed. Please refer to System Guide #1441 for further information.
Existing Concrete Water cured concrete or existing structures must be cured for a
minimum of 14 days and have attained 80 percent of its final strength. When cured,
the surface must be either prepared per ASTM D 4259 or ASTM D 4260 with
muriatic acid using equal parts of acid to water by volume. Surface should be free
of any oil, grease, embedded chemicals, laitance, water repellants, previous
sealants, form release compounds, and effluoresence. The surface should be
checked for moisture transmission in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium
chloride test) or by ASTM D4253 (plastic sheet test). The maximum recommended
moisture transmission rate is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft
2
/ 24 hours.
A suitably finished surface must have a uniform surface texture exposing fine
aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper. If required, repeat acid etching or
abrasive blasting until the surface texture is uniform.
Concrete surfaces cured with conventional curing compounds or contaminated with
form oils must be completely cleaned by ASTM D4259. Acid etching is not
acceptable as it will not normally remove these compounds.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener
Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely
mixed.
Pot life
Induction time 40F to 50F 15 minutes
Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015" fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice, Separate air and
fluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line are
recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Level air bubbles with a brush.
Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amerlock Sealer is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat
65 (xylene) or Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate
Topcoats Amercoat 100A, Novaguard 840, PSX 758, Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes,
Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, Amercoat Epoxies, Amerlock Epoxies, Pittguard
Epoxies
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
AMERLOCK Sealer
50F 70F 90F
100 minutes 60 minutes 30 minutes
page 2/3
page 3/3
AMERLOCK Sealer
DRY/CURE TIMES*
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is recommended prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However,
particular attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those
situations, a further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable
cleaning methods. If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base in a 3-gallon container and 1 full gallon of hardener
Inventory Global availability
Product codes AK-0A Base
AK-0B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 18 hours 12 hours 8 hours
Dry hard 36 hours 28 hours 22 hours
Dry to recoat/ topcoat 30 hours 24 hours 18 hours
Maximum recoat / topcoat 30 days 30 days 14 days
Amerlock is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of August 2012
DESCRIPTION Multi-purpose Single Component Epoxy
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique epoxy formulation
Single pack for ease of use
Durable epoxy performance
Direct-to-metal formulation
Suitable for water immersion
VOC Compliant <2.8 lb/ gal
Accepts broad range of topcoats
COLOR* AND GLOSS Red, Black, White, and Gray
Low Gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and discolor upon exposure to sunlight. Colors are not matched to a specific standard.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 63% 3%
VOC 2.58 lbs/gal (309 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 6 mils; (100 150 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 5 mils dft 202 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 1
Shelf Life 1 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements for touch up and maintenance. Abrasive blasting to SSPC SP-6 or
better will give the best possible system performance. Blast with an angular abrasive
to yield a surface profile of 1.5-3.0 mils. For immersion service, blast to SSPC SP-10.
Non-ferrous metals Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Treat with chromating conversion coatings or phosphatizing agents. Applicable over
surface treatments such as MIL-C-5541. Alternately, lightly abrasive blast with fine
abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-3 mils in accordance
with SSPC SP-16.
Galvanizing or Galvalume

Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner, then use a phosphatizing
conversion coating. Alternately, brush blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16
guidelines.
Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are not
completely removed.
Concrete Prepare in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Remove all surface contaminants
such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals. Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259
to remove all chalk and surface glaze or laitance. Mechanical surface preparation
should expose sub-surface voids and provide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit
sandpaper or coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in
accordance with ASTM D4263. Refer to Information Sheet # 1496ACUS for further
details regarding moisture measurements.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 50F to 100F (10C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 50 to 90% Curing rate will be significantly reduced below 50% relative humidity.
AMERCOAT

One
page 1/3
Surface temperature 50F to 120F (10C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-
tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray
patterns. Avoid combustion gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote
amine blush and ambering of light colors.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely mixed.
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice, separate air and
fluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line are
recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Level air bubbles with a brush.
Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat One is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 65
(xylene) or Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Primers Direct to substrate, Amercoat 68HS, Dimecote-series application over aged coatings
that are cleaned and abraded (a test patch is recommended)
Topcoats Amercoat 450-series polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, PSX One,
Sigmadur polyurethanes, Pitthane polyurethanes
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat One
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Thicker films will require longer dry times since the product requires moisture to cure. Maximum
recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air temperatures. Surface
temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated surfaces. Surface must
be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes ATONE2 Gray
ATONE3 White
ATONE72 Red
ATONE9 Black
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
AMERCOAT One
page 2/3
Temperature 50F (10C) 70F (21C) 90F (32C)
Dry to touch 2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes
Dry through 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Dry to recoat/ topcoat 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Cure to immersion 14 days 7 days 4 days
Maximum recoat/topcoat 21 days 14 days 7 days
page 3/3
AMERCOAT One
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of February 2012
DESCRIPTION Amine-cured Coal Tar Epoxy
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Excellent chemical, soil and water immersion resistance
Can be applied up to 16 mils per coat
Performance Equivalent to SSPC Paint 16
Suitable for wet H2S environments
Suitable for single coat applications
COLOR AND GLOSS Black*
Flat
* Color will be variable due to the nature of coal tar epoxies. When topcoated, the coal tar will bleed through
causing discoloration of the topcoat.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 78% 3%
VOC 1.9 lbs/gal (228 g/L) (EPA Method 24)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 12 16 mils (300 400 microns)
1-2 coats
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1250 ft
2
/gal
@ 16 mils 78 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 300F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life* 3 years from date of manufacture
* When stored indoors in the original unopened containers
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch
is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed
galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems
may occur.
AMERCOAT

78HB
page 1/4
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 122F (4C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0-85% (0-50% using dehumidification for tank linings)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 19 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-
nize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 2-3 minutes
until completely dispersed. Scrape sides during mixing. Rinse the thinner container with
a small amount of thinner and add to the mixture.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless spray or heated plural component spray
45:1 pump or larger, 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, use of in-line heaters and insulated lines
may be required for proper atomization in cold weather and with long fluid lines.
Brush Brush application is recommended for touch up and repair only. Use a high quality natural
bristle brush Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner
Optional Primers (product can be used direct-to-metal or over a suitable holding primer when required)
Amerlock Sealer (concrete), Amercoat 370, Amerlock 2/400, Dimetcote 9-series*,
Amercoat 68HS*
* An epoxy tie coat (1-4 mils dft) is recommended when applying directly over zinc primers.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
AMERCOAT 78HB
50F 70F 90F
8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
page 2/4
50 - 60F 60 - 70F 71F+
15 minutes 10 minutes 5 minutes
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 78HB
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 78HB @ 16 mils
Amercoat 78HB + 1/4 pint Amercoat 861 per 5-gallon kit
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air t
emperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window. Expose to a maximum of 6 hours
of direct sunlight prior to recoating. Ensure surface remains dry between coats.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. If maximum recoat/topcoat
time is exceeded, then roughen surface by brush blasting when coating has cured to sufficiently for blasting
(typically 5-14 days).
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT78HB-9 Black base
AT78HB-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
Temperature F/C 40/5 50/10 70/21 90/32
Dry Through (hrs) 60 38 12 8
Dry to recoat/ topcoat (hrs) 36 19 9 6
Maximum recoat window (hours)* 72 48 20 9
Cure to service water immersion 7 days 5 days 56 hrs 36 hrs
Cure to service Abrasion
and chemical resistance (days)
14 10 7 5
Temperature F/C 50/10 70/21 90/32
Dry Through (hrs) 48 16 10
Dry to recoat/ topcoat (hrs) 24 12 7
Maximum recoat window (hours)* 72 24 12
Cure to service
water immersion (days)
7 3 2
Cure to service Abrasion
and chemical resistance (days)
14 10 7
page 4/4
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 78HB
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
September 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Epoxy Phenolic Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Economical Tank lining; requires only two coats
Withstands continuous water immersion to 140F (60C)
Recommended for use under insulation for up to 400F (204C)
Suitable for demineralized water to 140F (60C)
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
White, Ivory, Pearl Gray
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 64% 3%
VOC 2.7 lbs/gal (323 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 6 mils (100 150 microns)
2-3 coats
* Limit total system film thickness to 10 mils for service temperatures above 250F
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1026 ft
2
/gal
@ 5 mils dft 205 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-3.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch
is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed
galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems
may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate.
Aluminum may be treated with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or
equivalent (non-immersion applications only).
AMERCOAT

90HS
page 1/4
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0-85% (0-50% using dehumidification for chemical / cargo tank linings)
Surface temperature 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed. Hardener component may crystallize (haze) and thicken when
exposed to low temperature. Warm the product at room temperature until it returns to a
clear state prior to use.
Pot life
Induction time 50-70F 15 minutes
71F + none
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.015 - 0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and
application for small repair areas.
Thinner Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101 (> 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate, Dimetcote 9-series primers
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 90HS@ 5 mils dft
AMERCOAT 90HS
page 2/4
50F 70F 90F
90HS 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 6 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours
Dry through 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours
Dry to recoat / topcoat 12 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Max recoat, self 12 days 7 days 5 days
Max topcoat, urethanes, PSX 72 hours 48 hours 24 hours
Cure to immersion 14 days 7 days 4 days
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 90HS
Heat Cure Procedures
1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above
120F .
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature.
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom and
in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimum
time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.
5. All adjacent tanks must be empty.
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree of
cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development
Nuclear Service Level 2 (ANSI N 5.12, ANSI N 101.2)
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT90H-23 Pearl Gray
AT90H-3 White
AT90H-8 Ivory
AT90H-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
Temperature F/C 110 / 43 120 / 49 130 / 54 140 / 60 150 / 65 160 / 71
Cure to service (hrs) 60 48 36 24 18 12
page 4/4
AMERCOAT 90HS
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
February 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Epoxy Novolac Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High performance tank lining and pipe lining
Broad spectrum of chemical resistance
Dry temperature resistance to 400F for insulated and uninsulated surface
Suitable for use on insulated and uninsulated surfaces up to operating temperatures
of 450F intermittent / 425F continuous when mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake
additive
COLOR AND GLOSS White, Buff, Cirrus gray
Low gloss
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 54% 3%
VOC 3.42 lbs/gal (410 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) Tank lining / pipe lining service 4 6 mils; (100 150 microns)
2 full coats + 2 stripe coats; Total system = 8 14 mils
1 coat at 6 10 mils for high temperature service with 880 glass flake.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 866 ft
2
/gal
@ 6 mils 173 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 1.5-3.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and
provide a surface profile equivalent to 80 grit sandpaper or coarser. Refer to
Information Sheet # 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1.5-3.0 mils.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 85% (0 50% using dehumidification for chemical / cargo tank linings)
Surface temperature 50F to 122F (10C to 50C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
AMERCOAT

91
page 1/4
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 7.3 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and ap-
plication for small repair areas.
Thinner Amercoat T-10 thinner or Amercoat 65 thinner
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat T-10 thinner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 91 @ 5 mils dft
Heat Cure Procedures
1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above
120F.
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).
AMERCOAT 91
page 2/4
50F 70F 90F
Amercoat 91 10 hours 6 hours 3 hours
50F 70F 90F
Amercoat 91 45 minutes 15 minutes 5 minutes
Temperaure
F/C
50/10 60/15 70/21 80/26 90/32 100/40
Dry to touch
(hrs)
8 3 1.5 1.25 1 40 min
Dry through (hrs) 24 16 12 8 6 4.5
Dry to recoat/
topcoat (hrs)
36 28 20 15 10 3
Maximum
recoat (days)
90 90 90 60 30 14
Cure to service 14 days 10 days 7 days 6 days 5 days 4 days
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 91
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom and
in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimum
time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree
of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT 91-1 Buff
AT 91-235 Cirrus Gray
AT 91-3 White
AT 91-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
Temperaure
F/C
110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71
Cure to service
(hrs)
80 60 40 30 20 15
page 4/4
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 91
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of March 2012
DESCRIPTION Sprayable Epoxy Surfacer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Solvent Free
Suitable for heavy H2S wastewater environments
Eliminates troweling; reducing labor costs
Resists a wide range of acids, alkalies, and solvent
Suitable for many secondary containment applications
Reinforced film withstands heavy abrasion and impact
COLOR AND GLOSS Dark Gray
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 100%
VOC 0.03 lbs/gal (3.6 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) splash and spill 1/8 in
heavy physical abuse 3/16 in
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1/8 dft 42.9 ft
2
/ kit (each kit contains 3.3 gallons)
@ 3/16 dft 27.9 ft
2
/ kit (each kit contains 3.3 gallons)
Components 3 (resin, cure, powder)
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or laitance.
Water jetting and power tool abrading are also acceptable. Mechanical surface
preparation should expose sub-surface voids and provide a surface profile equiva-
lent to a minimum 60 grit sandpaper or coarser up to a surface profile equivalent to
an ICRI CSP 9. Ensure the surface is dust free.
Ensure the surface is dry by testing with a plastic sheet test as per ASTM D4263.
Fill bug holes and surface cracks with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Primer Amerlock Sealer
Filler Amercoat 114A
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Material temperatures 60F to 80F (15C to 26C)
Relative humidity 0 85%
Surface temperature 50F to 100F (10C to 37C)
Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the dew point temperatures.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,
detection, and removal of amine blush.
Surface temperature Ensure the area is well ventilated with clean air. Ensure combustion gases are not
present during curing of the product.
AMERCOAT

100A
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Application Equipment Spray with a bottom fed pressure pot outfitted with a pole gun. A Quikspray

Carrousel
pump equipped with a hopper feed, spray gun and material lines can also be used.
Also, a Super Texan

hopper feed grout/mortar sprayer with a pole gun can be used.


Mixing ratio Mix full units as packaged only. Up to 20% of the powder can be left out for a less
viscous mixture if desired. Mix with a heavy duty Jiffy mixer with a 1/2" shaft and suitable
power drill.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed. Slowly add powder under moderate agitation in a vortex.
Ensure powder component is fully incorporated with good off-bottom mixing. Do not
over-mix. Be prepared to apply the product due to a short pot life for this product. No
induction time is required.
Pot life (minimize material temperatures for optimum pot life)
1. Mix a unit of resin and cure for lubricating the material line (do not add powder).
2. Pump lubricant material through the pump and delivery hose, collecting the material
in a 5-gallon can. Continue pumping until all lubricant (resin and cure) is removed
from the material, follow lubricant material with a mixed unit of resin, cure, and powder.
Begin application of the 3-component material.
3. Spray in even, parallel passes. Overlap each pass 50% to avoid areas of low film
thickness.
4. Back roll with a short nap, solvent resistant roller wetted with a small amount of
Amercoat 65 thinner to level the film. Alternately, wet a flat hand trowel with a slight
amount of Amercoat 65 thinner to smooth and level the mortar.
5. At surface temperatures of 80F or higher, two coats of Amercoat 100A may be
required to achieve a 3/16 film on vertical surfaces. Make the first application at
1/8. Allow to cure overnight. Make a second application at 1/16 within 24 hours of
the initial application.
6. Immediately after use, clean all application tools and spray equipment with Amercoat
104 cleaner followed by a clean water. Clean pump by pouring a unit of Amercoat
104 cleaner following Amercoat 100A and run until Amercoat 100A is removed from
the material line. Pour a second unit of Amercoat 104 Cleaner into the hopper and
continue circulating to remove any remaining 100A. Follow with a clean water rinse.
For thorough cleaning of the material line, disassemble and clean by attaching a rag
to a piece of wire and pulling the rag through the line several times to remove any
deposits from the side walls. Flush with water. A spare material line is recommended
so one line can be thoroughly cleaned while the other is in use. It also allows for
close inspection of the lines for wear.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 100A
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree
of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AMERCOAT 100A
50F 70F 90F
80 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes
page 2/3
Temperature F/C 50/10 70/21 90/32
Dry Hard (hrs) 24 10 6
Dry to recoat/ topcoat (hrs) 24 10 6
Maximum recoat (days) 10 7 3
Cure to service 8 days 3 days 2 days
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 100A
Thinner Do not thin
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 104 Water based cleaner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 53.8 lb unit
Resin 8.7 lbs in a 5- gallon can
Cure 5.1 lbs in a 1-gallon can
Powder 40 lbs in a 3-gallon container
Product codes NU100-2 Gray Resin
NU100-B Cure
NU100-P Powder
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
April 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Excellent chemical, solvent, and water immersion resistance
NSF approved for potable water applications
Can be applied up to 1/2" on horizontal surfaces
Available with optically active pigment to facilitate inspection of holidays
COLOR AND GLOSS White, Oxide Red, Tank Primer Green (optically active pigment)*
Gloss
* Epoxies will characteristically chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 98% 2%
VOC 0.6 lbs/gal (72 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 6 12 mils; (150 300 microns)
2 coats
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,600 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 6 mils dft 267 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 2.0 4.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch
is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed
galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems
may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
AMERCOAT

133
page 1/4
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 50F to 100F (10C to 37C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 85% (0 50% using dehumidification for tank linings)
Surface temperature 50F to 100F (10C to 37C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless Spray Use a 64:1 or 72:1 pump or larger to achieve 3,500 -4,000 psi with a maximum of 50
feet of 3/8" fluid hose and 10 feet of 3/8" whip. Heated and insulated lines may be
required in cold weather. Use a spray tip of 0.019-0.023". Material temperature at the
gun should be 75-95F.
Heated Plural Component Line pressure of 3,500 4,000 psi. Use a 3/8", 24-element static mixer and maintain
Airless Spray 95-115F at the gun. Use insulated 1/2" lines for greater than 50'. Use a spray tip size of
0.019-0.023".
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and
application for small repair areas.
Thinner Do not thin
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 133
AMERCOAT 133
50F 70F 90F
4 hours 2 hours 1 hour
page 2/4
50 60F 60 70F 71F +
15 minutes 10 minutes none
Temperature
F/C
50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40
Dry Hard (hrs) 36 30 24 14 12 10
Dry to recoat/
topcoat (hrs)
26 16 10 6 4.5 3
Maximum recoat
(days)
30 30 30 7 6 5
Cure to service 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 3.5 days 3.5 days
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 133
Heat Cure Procedures
1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above
120F.
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom
and in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimum
time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree
of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Mil-PRF-23236 (D) Type VII, Classes 5,7, and 9, Grade C
Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for tanks, pipes, valves, and
fittings. For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at
www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
AWWA C210-98
AWWA D102-06
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT133-5 Tank Primer Green
AT133-3 White
AT133-72 Oxide Red
AT133-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
Temperature F/C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71
Cure to service (hrs) 60 48 36 24 18 12
page 4/4
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 133
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of July 2012
DESCRIPTION Multi-purpose Phenalkamine Epoxy
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Exceptional corrosion protection in salt and fresh water immersion and corrosive
chemical environments
Ballast tanks, fuel tanks, voids, bilge, and underwater hull application
Good adhesion to damp surfaces
Heavy industry, structural steel
Surface tolerant, compatible with water jetted surfaces
COLOR AND GLOSS* Off White, Haze Gray, Oxide Red, Black, Buff,
Semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure.
Discoloration and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Some
batch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 68% 3%
VOC 2.4 lbs/gal (292 g/L) (EPA Method 24)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 8 mils (100-200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 6 mils (4.47 m
2
/l) 182 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method. When this is
impossible or impractical, coating can be applied over mechanically cleaned surfaces.
Amercoat 235 may be used over most types of tightly adhering coatings prepared
with Prep 88. A test patch is recommended for use over existing coatings.
The surface preparation recommended for Amercoat 235 is to include removal of
water, salt, dirt, oil, loose rust and all rust scale. The minimum standard for non-
immersion service is Steel Structures Painting Council Standard SSPC SP-2; for
immersion service, the minimum standard is SSPC SP-3, in each case a coat of
Amerlock Sealer followed by a full coat of Amercoat 235 can also be used.
Steel For immersion, abrasive blast SSPC SP-10 with an angular 2.0-4.0 mil anchor profie.
All direct to metal coatings provide the maximum performance over near white
blasted surfaces. There are, however, situations and cost limitations, where grit
blasting to near white metal is not possible. Amercoat 235 was designed to provide
excellent protection over less than ideal surface preparation. SSPC SP WJ-2(L) is
also acceptable over a previous blasted surface. For water immersion, the
maximum recommended soluble salt level is 70 mg/m
2
. For NAVSEA applications,
the maximum allowable soluble salt level is 30 mg/m
2
.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
AMERCOAT

235
page 1/4
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch
is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed
galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems
may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged coatings All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 235 is
compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,
a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, feathering
edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 122F (-7C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature Must be at least 5F above dew point temperature. Maximum 140F unless a lower
maximum is specified.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,
detection, and mitigation of amine blush.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time 15 minutes at 70F, 30 minutes at 50F
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, 2400 - 3,000 psi.
Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner T-10 thinner or 91-92 thinner
Cleaning solvent 12 Cleaner
Primers Inorganic zinc primers or zinc rich epoxies (atmospheric service)
Topcoats Amercoat 450H, Amercoat 229T, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 5410
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
AMERCOAT 235
50F 70F 90F
6 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 235
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 235 @ 5 mils dft
* Antifouling coatings should be applied when the previous coat is tack free, but impressionable with moderate
finger tip pressure.
Alkyd coatings and waterborne arcylic coatings should be applied after the film is dry through and no greater
than three times the dry through time.
** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particu-
lar attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations,
a further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning meth-
ods. If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
*** On underwater hull systems, the vessel can be launched after the specified dry-to-launch period indicated in
the application instructions for the antifouling.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS
NAVSEA Mil-PRF-23236(D) Class 7, Type V, Grade B and C
NAVSEA Mil-PRF-24647 underwater hull
Marintek Class B1 for use in saltwater ballast tanks
Tested by NOHC as being suitable as a lining for grain storage containers
Meets USDA criteria for incidental food contact
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 28 hours 20 hours 10 hours 5 hours 3 hours
Dry through 62 hours 45 hours 22 hours 10 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat* (min.) 28 hours 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 90 days 45 days 30 days 15 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX**
14 days 10 days 7 days 5 days 4 days
Cure to immersion*** 14 days 10 days 7 days 5 days 4 days
page 4/4
AMERCOAT 235
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2014
Revision of September 2013
DESCRIPTION Universal Amine Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Multi-purpose epoxy for industrial and marine applications
Ballast tanks, fuel tanks, jet fuel, voids, bilge, and underwater hull application
Heavy industry, structural steel
Surface tolerant, compatible with damp or water jetted surfaces
> 70% edge retention
Abrasion resistant
Low VOC, extremely low HAPs
Up to 12 mils dft in one coat
Suitable for municipal waste water treatment
COLOR* AND GLOSS Off White, Buff, Haze gray, Pastel green, Oxide red, black
Semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure.
Discoloration and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Some
batch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 87% 3%
VOC 1.2 lbs/gal (145 g/L) (EPA Method 24)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 12 mils (100 300 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 6 mils (5.6 m
2
/l) 233 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
Specific gravity 1.52 g/cm
3
(based on Off White)
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method.When this is
impossible or impractical, Amercoat 240 can be applied over mechanically cleaned
surfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including salt
deposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.
Mild Steel Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the following
depending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC SP-2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO
8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). These minimum surface preparation standards
apply to steel that has been previously abrasive blasted. The choice of surface
preparation will depend on the system selected and end-use service conditions.
For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC SP-10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).
Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 2-4 mils (50-100microns) as indicted by a
Keane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steel
may be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).
The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special
attention to horizontal surfaces and recesses. Amercoat 240 may be applied to
damp surfaces for maintenance and repair operations where dry conditions cannot
be achieved. For optimum performance and service life, surfaces should be dry
whenever possible.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
AMERCOAT

240
page 1/4
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch
is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed
galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems
may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged coatings All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 240 is
compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,
a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, feathering
edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.
Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks subject to IMO-MSC.215(82) (PSPC):
steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded radius of
minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding
steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa 2.5,
blast profile 30 - 75m
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer,weld seams and areas of damage shop
primer or breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa 2.5, blasting profile 30 - 75m
for shop primer with IMO type approval; no additional requirements
for shop primer without IMO type approval; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 removing at
least 70%of intact shop primer, blasting profile 30 - 75m
dust quantity rating 1 for dust size class 3, 4 or 5, lower dust size classes to be
removed if visible on the surface to be coated without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 122F (-7C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature Must be at least 5F above dew point temperature. Maximum 140F unless a lower
maximum is specified.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention
of amine blush.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
AMERCOAT 240
50F 70F 90F
3 hours 1.5 hours 40 min.
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 240
Induction time 15 minutes at 70F, 30 minutes at 50F
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger (For fluid line lengths greater than 50 feet, a 68:1 or higher is typically
required), 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, 2400 - 3,000 psi.
Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat T-10 thinner or PPG 91-92 thinner
Cleaning solvent 12 Cleaner
Primers Inorganic zinc primers or zinc rich epoxies (atmospheric service)
Topcoats Amercoat 450H, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 5410, Pitthane Polyurethane
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 240 @ 6 mils dft
* Antifouling coatings should be applied when the previous coat is tack free, but impressionable with moderate
finger tip pressure.
Alkyd coatings and waterborne arcylic coatings should be applied after the film is dry through and no greater
than three times the dry through time.
** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
*** On underwater hull systems, the vessel can be launched after the specified dry-to-launch period indicated in
the application instructions for the antifouling.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Type Approval by DNV and ABS to comply with IMO Resolution MSC.215(82) Per-
formance Standard for Protective Coatings (PSOC) for seawater ballast tanks.
NAVSEA Mil-PRF-23236(D) Classes 5, 7 and 17, Type VII, Grade C
NAVSEA Mil-PRF-24647 underwater hull
Marintek Class B1 for use in saltwater ballast tanks
Tested by NOHC as being suitable as a lining for grain storage containers
Meets performance requirements of Mil-PRF-4556(F) for storage of jet fuels
Qualified to NORSOK M501 Systems 3B
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 36 hours 24 hours 10 hours 5 hours 3 hours
Dry through 60 hours 36 hours 16 hours 10 hours 8 hours
Dry to recoat* 36 hours 24 hours 14 hours 7 hours 4 hours
Max recoat, self 180 days 180 days 90 days 60 days 30 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX**
90 days 90 days 60 days 30 days 15 days
Cure to immersion*** 21 days 14 days 10 days 6 days 3 days
page 4/4
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT 240-1 Buff base
AT 240-20 Haze Gray base F/S 26270
AT 240-35 Off White base
AT 240-72 Oxide Red base
AT 240-9 Black base
AT 240-B Hardener (Part B)
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 240
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of June 2012
DESCRIPTION Low Temperature Cure Amine Epoxy
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Multi-purpose epoxy for industrial and marine applications
Ballast tanks, voids, bilge, and underwater hull application
Heavy industry, structural steel
Surface tolerant, compatible with water jetted surfaces
Abrasion resistant
Low VOC, extremely low HAPs
Up to 12 mils dft in one coat
COLOR* AND GLOSS Off White, Buff, Light gray, Oxide red, Black
Semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure.
Discoloration and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Some
batch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 82% 3%
VOC 1.6 lbs/gal (192 g/L) (EPA Method 24)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 12 mils (100 300 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 6 mils (5.6 m
2
/l) 219 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher for
tank lining service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils.
The product may be applied over an SSPC SP-12 WJ-2(L) for non-tank lining
applications where a previous blast profile can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied
over surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and
power tool cleaning).
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for serverly pitted steel and surface
discontinuities.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and
provide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Surface should
be free from moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263. Refer to Information Sheet
# 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
AMERCOAT

240LT
page 1/4
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1.5-4.0 mils.
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. Atest patch is recommended.
Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with
SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings.
Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered,
in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel
in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersion
service).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 122F (-7C to 50C)
Material temperatures 40F to 80F (5C to 27C)
Relative humidity 0 85%
Surface temperature Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature. Maximum
140F unless a lower maximum is specified
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time 5 minutes at 70F, 15 minutes at 50F
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, 2,500 - 3,000 psi.
Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat T-10
Cleaning solvent 12 Cleaner
Primers Inorganic zinc primers or zinc rich epoxies (atmospheric service)
Topcoats Amercoat 450H, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
AMERCOAT 240LT
50F 70F 90F
90 minutes 60 minutes 40 minutes
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 240LT
DRY/CURE TIMES @ 6 mils dft
* Antifouling coatings should be applied when the previous coat of epoxy is tack free, but impressionable with
moderate finger tip pressure.
Alkyd coatings and waterborne acrylic coatings should be applied after the film is dry through and no greater
than three times the dry through time
** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT 240LT-1 Buff base
AT 240LT-2 Light Gray base
AT 240LT-20 F/S 23270 Haze gray
AT 240LT-3 White base
AT 240LT-72 Oxide red base
AT 240LT-9 Black base
AT 240LT-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes
Dry hard 22 hours 10 hours 7 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours
Dry to recoat/
topcoat*
24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days 7 days
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX**
30 days 14 days 10 days 5 days 2 days
Cure to
immersion***
14 days 10 days 7 days 5 days 3 days
page 4/4
AMERCOAT 240LT
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of March 2012
DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Glass Flake Reinforced Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Reinforced lining for crude oil and refined pretroleum products
Excellent chemical, solvent, and water immersion resistance
Outstanding abrasion resistance
Excellent pit filling capabilities
Can be applied up to 60 mils dry film thickness
COLOR AND GLOSS Gray
Gloss
* Epoxies will chalk and change color with exterior exposure. Colors are approximately and will tend to change
over time.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 98% 2%
VOC 1.2 lbs/gal (141 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 15 60 mils (381 1524 microns)
1-2 coats
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,600 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 20 mils dft 80 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 2.5-5.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and
provide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Ensure surface
is dry with a plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D4263.
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 2.0 - 4.0 mil anchor profile.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 2.0 - 4.0 mils.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 100F (10C to 37C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 to 80%
Surface temperature 50F to 100F (10C to 37C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
AMERCOAT

242HB
page 1/3
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless spray
or heated plural component spray 64:1 pump or larger, 0.021-0.025 fluid tip. Use of in-line heaters and insulated lines
may be required for proper atomization in cold weather and with long fluid lines. Use
fluid lines for spray configurations requiring more than 100 feet from the pump
Brush Use a high quality natural bristle brush Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-
ment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and ap-
plication for small repair areas.
Thinner Do not thin.
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 242HB
Heat Cure Procedures 1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating
above 120F.
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom and
in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimum
time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.
AMERCOAT 242HB
50F 70F 90F
1.5 hours 60 minutes 30 minutes
page 2/3
50 - 60F 60 - 70F 71F +
15 minutes 10 minutes none
Temperature F/C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40
Dry Hard (hrs) 36 30 24 14 12 10
Dry to recoat (hrs) 36 28 24 16 12 8
Maximum recoat
(days)
30 25 20 14 7 4
Cure to service 14 days 10 days 6 days 3 days 2.5 days 2 days
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 242HB
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative-
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree
of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT242HB-2 Gray
AT242HB-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Temperature F/C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71
Cure to service 14 days 10 days 6 days 3 days 2.5 days 2 days
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of March 2012
DESCRIPTION Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Exceptional resistance to a wide range of chemicals and solvents
Practical application properties and cure schedules
Does not require baking to cure
High volume solids, two coat system
COLOR AND GLOSS White, Pastel Red, Light Blue, Gray
Semi-gloss
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 72% 3%
VOC 1.67 lbs/gal (200 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 5 6 mils (125 150 microns)
2 or 3 coats
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,155 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 5 mils dft 289 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 1.5 3.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or lai-
tance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and provide
a surface profile equivalent to 80 grit sandpaper or coarser. Refer to Information
Sheet # 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1.5 3.0 mils.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 50F to 122F (10C to 50C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 85% (0 50% using dehumidification for chemical / cargo tank linings)
Surface temperature 50F to 122F (10C to 50C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications
AMERCOAT

253
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.021 fluid tip
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and ap-
plication for small repair areas.
Thinner Amercoat T-10 thinner
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat T-10 thinner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 253 @ 5 mils dft
* Caution: Do not allow the temperature to drop below 50F (10C) during curing process.
Heat Cure Procedures
1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above
120F .
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature.
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom and
in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimum
time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.
5. All adjacent tanks must be empty.
AMERCOAT 253
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
253 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
50F 70F 90F
253 45 minutes 30 minutes 15 minutes
Temperature F/C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40
Dry Touch (hrs) 8 6 4 2 1.75 1.5
Dry Hard (hrs) 26 20 15 6 4.5 3
Dry Through (hrs) 36 28 22 12 9 6
Dry to recoat/
topcoat (hrs)
24 16 10 4 4 3
Maximum recoat
(days)
7 6 5 4 3 3
Cure to service 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 3.5 days 3 days
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 253
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air tem-
peratures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated sur-
faces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree of
cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT 253-208 Gray
AT 253-3 White
AT 253-47 Light Blue
AT 253-77 Pastel Red
AT 253-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Temperature F/C 110 / 43 120 / 49 130 / 54 140 / 60 150 / 65 160 / 71
Cure to service (hrs) 72 48 36 24 18 12
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
April 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Excellent chemical, solvent, and water immersion resistance
NSF approved for potable water applications
Can be applied up to 1/2" on horizontal surfaces
Edge retentive topcoat for Amercoat 133
COLOR AND GLOSS Off White, Pastel Green, I.M. Gray
Gloss
* Epoxies will chalk and change color with exterior exposure. Colors are approximately and will tend to change
over time.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 98% 2%
VOC 0.6 lbs/gal (72 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 8 24 mils (200 600 microns)
1 2 coats
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,600 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 6 mils dft 267 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 2.0 4.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 2.0 4.0 mil anchor profile.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 2.0 4.0 mils.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 100F (10C to 37C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0-80% (0-50% using dehumidification for tank linings)
Surface temperature 50F to 100F (10C to 37C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
AMERCOAT

333
page 1/4
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless Spray Use a 64:1 or 72:1 pump or larger to achieve 3,500 -4,000 psi with a maximum of 50
feet of 3/8" fluid hose and 10 feet of 3/8" whip. Heated and insulated lines may be
required in cold weather. Use a spray tip of 0.021-0.031". Material temperature at the
gun should be 75-95F.
Heated Plural Component Line pressure of 3,500 4,000 psi. Use a 3/8", 24-element static mixer and maintain
Airless Spray 95-115F at the gun. Use insulated 1/2" lines for greater than 50 feet. Use a spray tip
size of 0.021-0.031".
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and
application for small repair areas.
Thinner Do not thin
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 333
AMERCOAT 333
50F 70F 90F
4 hours 2 hours 1 hour
page 2/4
50 60F 60 70F 71F +
15 minutes 10 minutes none
Temperature
F/C
50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40
Dry Hard (hrs) 36 30 24 14 12 10
Dry to recoat/
topcoat (hrs)
26 16 10 6 4.5 3
Maximum recoat
(days)
30 30 7 7 6 5
Max recoat, self 14 days 10 days 7 days 3 days 3.5 days 3 days
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 333
Heat Cure Procedures 1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating
above 120F.
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when speci-
fied).
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom
and in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the
minimum time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all
temperatures.
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated-
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree
of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum
recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Mil-PRF-23236 (D) Type VII, Classes 5,7, and 9, Grade C
Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for tanks, pipes, valves, and
fittings. For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at
www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
AWWA C210-98
AWWA D102-06
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT333-2 I.M. Gray
AT333-3 Off White
AT333-55 Pastel Green
AT133-B Hardener
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
Temperature F/C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71
Cure to service (hrs) 60 48 36 24 18 12
page 4/4
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 333
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of March 2012
DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Modified Phenolic Amine Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Excellent chemical, solvent, and water immersion resistance
High abrasion resistance
Suitable for severe H
2S exposure
High film builds when using 884 additive
Glass flake reinforced version available
COLOR* AND GLOSS Gray
Semi-gloss
* Product is not color stable. Colors will change on exposure to sunlight. Color matches are approximate.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 98% 2%
VOC 0.28 lbs/gal (33 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 8 12 mils; (200 300 microns)
12 25 mils when adding Amercoat 880 glass flake
20 55 mils with 1 gallon of Amercoat 884 additive per 4 gallon kit
Number of coats 1 coat at 12 mils or greater or
2 coats at 8 12 mils per coat
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1,600 ft
2
/gallon
@ 6 mils 233 ft
2
/gallon
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils.
Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPG
Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.
Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level for
water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and service
temperatures.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and
provide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Refer to
Information Sheet # 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 2.0 4.0 mil anchor profile.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 2.0 4.0 mils.
AMERCOAT

351
page 1/4
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 37C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 0 80% (0 50% using dehumidification for tank linings)
Surface temperature 50F to 100F (10C to 37C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures. Surface temperatures greater than 90F may require the use of
Amercoat 884 thixotropic additive.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment is
highly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, and
removal of amine blush.
Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirements
for tank lining applications
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 3 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless spray or heated plural component spray
64:1 pump, 0.019-0.023 fluid tip, use of in-line heaters and insulated lines may be
required for proper atomization in cold weather and with long fluid lines. Use 1/2" fluid
lines for spray configurations requiring more than 100 feet from the pump. For plural
component spray, use a 3/8", 24 element static mixer.
When using glass flake additive a spray tip size of 0.035" or larger should be used.
When using Amercoat 884 additive, a spray tip size of 0.027 0.035 should be used.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and
application for small repair areas.
Thinner Do not thin
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
AMERCOAT 351
50F 70F 90F
1.5 hours 1 hour 0.5 hour
page 2/4
50 60F 60 70F 71F +
10 minutes 5 minutes none
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 351
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 351
Heat Cure Procedures
1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above
90F to avoid sagging
2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).
3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2F / minute to the target temperature.
4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom and
in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimum
time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must
be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree
of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum re-
coat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 4-gallon kits
Product codes AT351-2 Gray base
AT351-B Hardener
AT880 Glass flake additive
AT884 Thixotropic additive
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Temperature
F/C
50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40
Dry through (hrs) 60 36 18 12 9 6
Dry to recoat/
topcoat (hrs)
36 24 12 8 6 4
Maximum
recoat (days)
20 17 14 5 4 3
Cure to service 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 3.5 days 3 days
Temperature
F/C
110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71
Cure to service
(hrs)
60 48 36 24 18 12
page 4/4
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 351
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
March 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Fast Dry Multi-purpose Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Multi-purpose high build epoxy
Application over a wide range of surface temperatures from 20F to 120F.
Suitable for immersion in fresh and salt water
Class A Slip Resistance for High Strength Bolted Connections
COLOR* AND GLOSS Flat
White, Black, Oxide Red, Light Buff, Pearl Gray
* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to
ambering to some extent.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 66% 3%
VOC 2.5 lbs/gal (300 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 4 6 mils per coat (100 150 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1059 ft
2
/gal
@ 5 mils dft 215 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method.When this is
impossible or impractical, Amercoat 370 can be applied over mechanically cleaned
surfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including salt
deposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.
Mild Steel Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the following
depending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC SP-2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO
8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). These minimum surface preparation standards
apply to steel that has been previously abrasive blasted. The choice of surface
preparation will depend on the system selected and end-use service conditions.
For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC SP-10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).
Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 2.0-4.0 mils (50-100 microns) as indicted by a
Keane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steel
may be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).
The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special
attention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or
coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with
ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile
of 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be
treated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at
least 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust
present may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust
and other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is
recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galva-
nizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.
AMERCOAT

370
page 1/4
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged coatings All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 370 is
compatible over many types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, how-
ever, a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, feathering
edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixier at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time None
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be applied with plural component equipment
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- Series Primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ
Topcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, Pitthane
Polyurethanes
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
AMERCOAT 370
50F 70F 90F
6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
page 2/4
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 370
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 370 @ 4 mils dft
Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS ANSI / NSF Standard 61 for drinking water (valves only)
For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at:
www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
AWWA C550-06
AWWA C210-98
Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Qualified for Class A Slip Resistance per the Research Council on Structural
Connections, Appendix A.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener
5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener
Inventory Global availability
Product codes AT370-112 Light Buff base
AT370-3 White base
AT370-9 Black base
AT370-23 Pearl Gray base
AT370-72 Oxide Red base
AT370-B Hardener component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 2 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes
Dry through 20 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours 1.5 hours 1.25 hours
Dry to recoat /
topcoat
3 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes 30 minutes
Max recoat, self
immersion
90 days 60 days 30 days 30 days 30 days
Max recoat, self
non-immersion
6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
60 days 50 days 45 days 30 days 14 days
Cure to immersion NR 7 days 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours
AMERCOAT 370
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
page 4/4
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2014
Revision of October 2013
DESCRIPTION Multi-Purpose Polyamide Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Multi-purpose high build epoxy
High solids high build epoxy intermediate coat
Compatibility with a wide range of substrates and surface preparations
Amercoat 385PA contains zinc phosphate for enhanced corrosion inhibitive
performance
COLOR AND GLOSS White, Black, Oxide Red, Buff, Pearl Gray
Flat
Amercoat 385PA Red (MIO containing formula), Amercoat 385PA Buff (no MIO)
* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to
ambering to some extent.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 68% 3%
VOC 2.6 lbs/gal (312 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 3 8 mils per coat (75 200 microns)
* For immersion service, the product should be applied at a minimum of 10 mils dft total in 2-3 coats.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil 1090 ft
2
/gal
@ 5 mils 218 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method.When this is
impossible or impractical, Amercoat 385 can be applied over mechanically cleaned
surfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including salt
deposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.
Mild Steel Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the following
depending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC SP-2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO
8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). These minimum surface preparation standards
apply to steel that has been previously abrasive blasted. The choice of surface
preparation will depend on the system selected and end-use service conditions.
For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC SP-10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).
Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 1.0-5.0 mils (50-75microns) as indicted by a
Keane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. For immersion and severe
duty applications, the recommended blast profile is 2.0-4.0 mils (50-100 microns).
Previously blasted steel may be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC -SP WJ-2(L) /
NACE WJ-2(L). The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air
giving special attention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.
Concrete Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface
per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surface
voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or coarser.
Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D4263.
Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.
Galvanized Steel Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blast
with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of
1.5 - 3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated
with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12
months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present may
be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other
AMERCOAT

385
page 1/4
contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is recom-
mended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizing
without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged coatings All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosion
products or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 385 is
compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,
a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.
Repair Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, feathering
edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 122F (5C to 50C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature Must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Induction time
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Can be applied with plural component equipment
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat T-10, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ
Topcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, PSX ONE,
Pitthane Polyurethanes
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
AMERCOAT 385
50F/10C 70F/20C 90F/30C
5 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours
page 2/4
Below 60F 60-75F Above 75F
30 minutes 15 minutes Not required
page 3/4
AMERCOAT 385
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 385 @ 6 mils dft
** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is recommended prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However,
particular attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those
situations, a further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable
cleaning methods. If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Mil-PRF-23236(C) Type V, Class 7, Grade C
Military Sealift Command Underwater hulls, topside and salt water ballast tank
service
Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development
AWWA C210-98
NORSOK M501 Rev. 5, System 7 Subsea surfaces
MPI Category #108
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 10-gallon kits
2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener
10-gallon kits have 5-gallons of base and 5-gallons of hardener
Inventory Global availability
Product codes AT 385-1 Buff base
AT 385-3 White base
AT 385-9 Black base
AT 385-23 Pearl Gray base
AT 385-72 Oxide Red base
AT385A-1 Amercoat 385PA Buff (contains zinc phosphate)
AT385A-7 Amercoat 385PA Red (contains micaceous iron oxide)
AT385-B hardener component (hardener for 385 and 385PA)
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
40F 50F 60F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 96 hours 24 hours 20 hours 16 hours 10 hours
Dry to recoat /
topcoat
72 hours 42 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
Max recoat, self,
immersion
30 days or 6 months (when cleaned with Prep 88
according to the instructions)
Max recoat, self,
atmospheric
No maximum (when cleaned with Prep 88 according
to the instructions)
Max topcoat,
urethanes, PSX
60 days 42 days 36 days 30 days 14 days
Cure to immersion 10 days 3 days 2.5 days 2 days 1 day
page 4/4
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 385
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Fast dry, dry to recoat in 3 hours at 70F (21C)
Low VOC
Low temperature cure
COLOR AND GLOSS Semi-gloss
Standard primer colors, Hopper Car Gray, Black, White
* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to
ambering to some extent.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 83% 3%
VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 4 - 8 mils per coat (100-200 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate 1315 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils dft
263 ft
2
/gal @ 5 mils dft
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 350F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-6 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 1.5 4.0 mils. The product may be applied over an
SSPC SP-12 WJ-2(L) where a previous blast can be exposed.
For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied over
surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and power
tool cleaning.)
Non-Ferrous Metals and Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform and
Stainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted
as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treated
with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersion
applications only).
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating systemis sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic coatings
or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is recommended. Sweep
blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with SSPC
SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings, Please
refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered, intact
coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel in accor-
dance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersion service).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C
Relative humidity 0-90%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for optimum
performance, surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Surface temperature 20F to 122F (-6C to 50C)
AMERCOAT

399
page 1/3
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
* Amercoat 8 thinner can be used to extend pot life approximately 10-20% in hot weather conditions
Induction time None required
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017 - 0.019 fluid tip
Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8 nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F), Amercoat 8 or T-10 (to
extend pot life 10-20%)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ
Topcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220-
Series Acrylics, Pitthane Series Urethanes, Durathane DTM
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window
Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash with
Prep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particular
attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a
further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.
If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.
AMERCOAT 399
page 2/3
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 24 hours 8 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour
Dry through 38 hours 13 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours
Dry to recoat / topcoat 24 hours 6 hours 3 hours 1 hour
Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
Amercoat 450H
30 days 30 days 30 days 14 days
Max topcoat,
Amershield, PSX
30 days 21 days 10 days 4 days
50F 70F 90F
399 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 - 0.75 hours
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 399
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 5-gallon kits and 55 gallon drums
5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener
55 gallon drums have 50 gallon fills
Product codes AT 399-254 Hopper Gray base
AT 399-3 White base
AT 399-9 Black base
AT 399-23 Pearl Gray base
Others available
AT 399-B Hardener component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
January 2013
Revision of December 2012
DESCRIPTION High Build, Rapid Return to Service Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High build, single coat protection
High performance coating for new and existing tanks
Ideal for buried pipe exteriors
Easily cleaned
Outstanding chemical and corrosion resistance
Low odor, non-flammable
Meets all VOC requirements
Heated plural component application
COLOR AND GLOSS Off White
Semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure.
Discoloration and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Some
batch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 98%
VOC 0.81 lb/gal (97 g/L) by EPA Method 24
Recommended
Dry film thickness 12 - 40 mils (300-1000 microns)
Coats 1
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 12 mils (3.21 m
2
/l) 131 ft
2
/gal
@ 40 mils (0.96 m
2
/l) 39.3 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION
Mild Steel Remove all contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1 guidelines. Abrasive blast
clean to SSPC-SP10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5). Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 2-6
mils (50-150 microns) as indicted by a Keane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or
Testex Tape. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt contaminant levels.
Concrete Clean to remove all surface contamination. Light abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 to
remove all chalk, and surface glaze laitance. After blasting fill all small holes or
voids with material such as Amercoat 114A filler compound. Ensure surface is dry
enough for coating application using the plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM
D4263. For slabs on grade, test in accordance with ASTM F1869. The maximum
permissible moisture vapor transmission rate is 3 lbs /1,000 ft
2
/ 24 hours. For best
results, prime with Amerlock Sealer.
Repair Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants preferably by spot abra-
sive blast from damaged areas abraded to bare steel.
Taper abrade the perimeter of the repair area to a feathered edge extending 1-3
inches from the steel.
Apply Novaguard 810 to the repair area at a minimum of 10 mils, overlapping the
previously feathered edge.
For small touch ups, thoroughly mix no more than 1 quart of material at a 4:1 ratio
as dispensed from the pump. Thin up to 5% thinner with Amercoat 65 thinner.
Apply product within 5-10 minutes.
NOVAGUARD810
page 1/3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 32F to 120F
Material temperatures 100F to 120F
Relative humidity 0 - 85%
Surface temperature 32F to 120F
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container.
Pot life / gel time 100F to 120F 5 - 10 minutes
120F to 140F 3 - 5 minutes
Flush fluid hoses and gun immediately during a work stoppage or after application
Plural component heated
airless spray 4:1 plural component.
Equipment and material temperatures that are generally used follows:
100 - 125F at gun using in-line heaters if needed
12" x 38" 24 element Static Mixer
50' of 38" Fluid Line
Pump ratio 45:1 or 64:1 @ 2500 - 4,000 psi
Fluid tip with a 0.019- to 0.025-inch orifice
Power mixer Jiffy mixer
Brush If needed for touch up, collect a small quantity from the static mixer and apply to the
repair area with a well loaded, natural bristle brush. Be aware the gel time is typically
less than 10 minutes.
Thinner Do not thin
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or 90-83 thinner
Primers The following products can be used as holding primers if needed: Phenguard 930 or
Sigmaguard 260
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES
NOVAGUARD 810
page 2/3
32F 40F 50F 70F 90F 104F
Dry to touch 36 hours 16 hours 6 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes 30 minutes
Dry through
(to walk on)
72 hours 36 hours 20 hours 9 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Dry to recoat 1 day or immediately if wet-on-wet
Max recoat, self 28 days 28 days 28 days 28 days 21 days 14 days
Cure to service
(crude & petroleum
derivatives)
9 days 5 days 72 hours 36 hours 20 hours 12 hours
Cure to service
(water)
20 days 10 days 7 days 3 days 36 hours 24 hours
page 3/3
NOVAGUARD 810
SUMMARY
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 5-gallon units
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Novaguard is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
Summary Chemical Resistance Guide for Novaguard 810
Rapid Return-To-Service Epoxy Lining
Chemical Immersion
Crude Oil
(up to 194F/ 90C)
+
Demin
(Water to 122F/ 50C)
+
Xylene
(to 105F/ 40C)
+
Unleaded Gas
(to 105F/ 40C + 5% Ethanol)
+
concrete - Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines.
Abrade surface per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to
expose sub-surface voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit
sandpaper or coarser.Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance
March 2013 4 pages
Revision of April 2012
NOVAGUARD 840

(data for mixed product)
10.85 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm)
100%
max. 106 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 1.2 lb/gal (approx. 142 g/l)
Recommended dry film thickness 12 - 24 mils (300 - 600 m) depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 134 ft/gal (3.3 m/l) at 12 mil (300 m)*
6 hours at 70F/21 C

min. 24 hours *
max. 2 months *
5 days * at 70F/ 21C
(data for components)
at least 12 months
* see additional data
steel - blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC SP10/NACE 2 (ISO-Sa2),
blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 m)

Mass density
Volume solids
VOC (suppied - EPA 24)

Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
0.9 lb/gal (73 g/ltr) (by EPA Method 24) see information sheet 1411
two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
one coat tank coating system
clear version for glassmat reinforced solvent free tank bottom system (see
system sheet 4145)
excellent resistance to crude oil up to 194F/ 90C
suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
good visibility due to light color
glossy and smooth appearance
easy to clean
can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)
reduced explosion risk and fire hazard
suitable for use in severe municipal wastewater service
green, cream, clear gloss
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
Description
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/ 21C

page 1/4

with ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. Prime with
Amerlock Sealer. Check with PPG Technical Service for specific chemical resistance
when this system is specified.
March 2013

NOVAGUARD 840
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 4 : 1
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at
least 70F/ 21C
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be added
for recommended application instructions: see working procedure
none
1 hours at 70F/ 21 C (see additional data)
use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
and suitable high pressure hoses/in -line heating or insulated hoses may be
necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in hoses at low air temperature/length
of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner should be added
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure at 70F/ 21C (paint temperature) min. 4000 p.s.i. (= approx. 28 MPa; 280 bar)
at 85F/ 29C (paint temperature) min. 3000 p.s.i. (= approx. 22 MPa; 220 bar)
only for spot repair and stripe coating
Recommended thinner no thinner should be added
Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time
has been expired

all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use
Film thickness and spreading rate
measuring wet film thickness
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Induction time
Pot life
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT
approx. 0.021 in (0.53 mm)
dft in mils (m)

Maximum dft when brushing: 6 mils (150 m)
24 (600) 12 (300)
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l) 135 (3.3) 70 (1.7)
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft

this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time

recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft
plus 2.5 mils (60 m)
measuring dry lm thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film

the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed
in between the coating and the measuring device

page 2/4
substrate temperature should be above 40F/ 5C and at least 5F/ 3C above
dew point during application and curing
steel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard 260) which must be dry, clean and
free from any contamination


NOVAGUARD 840
Overcoating with Novaguard 840 (spot repair and stripe coating)



surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table
substrate temperature full cure dry to handle
s r u o h 0 6 s y a d 5 1
7 days 30 hours
5 days 16 hours
3 days 10 hours
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)

Curing
substrate temperature
minimum interval
maximum interval
50F/10C 70F/21C 85F/29C 40F/5C
3 months
80 hours
3 months
36 hours
2 months
24 hours
1 month
16 hours
50F/10C
70F/21C
85F/29C
40F/5C
Pot life (at application viscosity)
. n i m 0 6
. n i m 5 4
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
While it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a
worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to
comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
0 5 6 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s e r u t a r e p m e t r i a
0 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s l e b a t n o i s r e v n o C
Worldwide availability
REFERENCES
70F/21C
85F/29C

page 3/4
March 2013

NOVAGUARD 840
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes

no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying

ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes
to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this data sheet
is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are
maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.





PDS 7468
237775 cream 3012002200
180207 green 4000001400

page 4/4
Novaguard is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
March 2013
substrate temperature should be above 40F/ 5C and at least 5F/ 3C above
dew point during application and curing
steel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard 260) which must be dry, clean and
free from any contamination
September 2013 4 pages
Revision of November 2012
NOVAGUARD 890
two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
one coat tank coating system
excellent resistance to crude oil up to 194F/ 90C
suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines blended up to 100% ethanol
(E5 up to E100)
suitable for storage of biodiesel (EN14214)
good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
good visibility due to light colour
semigloss and smooth appearance
clear version for glassmat reinforced solvent free tank bottom system (see
system sheet 4155)
easy to clean
can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)
reduced explosion risk and fire hazard
green, cream, clear semigloss
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
(data for mixed product)
approx. 11.68 lbs/gal (1.4 g/cm)
100%
max. 94 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 131 g/l (approx. 1.1 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 12 - 24 mils (300 - 600 m) depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 135 ft/gal at 12 mil (3.3 m/l for 300 m *)
8 hours at 70F/21 C

min. 24 hours *
max. 2 months *
6 days *
(data for components)
at least 12 months
* see additional data
steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC SP-10, blasting profile 2 - 4 mils
(50 - 100 m)


Description
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/ 20 C
Mass density
Volume solids
VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3)
Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES

page 1/4

September 2013
NOVAGUARD 890
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 4 : 1
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at
least 70F/ 21C
no thinner should be added
for recommended application instructions: see working procedure
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
none
1 hour at 70F/ 21 C *
* see additional data

Recommended thinner no thinner should be added
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure at 70F/ 21C (paint temperature) min. 4000 p.s.i. (= approx. 28 MPa; 280 bar)
at 85F/ 29C (paint temperature) min. 3000 p.s.i. (= approx. 22 MPa; 220 bar)
use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner should be added
Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53
all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time
has been expired
Film thickness and spreading rate
dft in mils (m)

measuring wet lm thickness
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft
plus 2.5 mils (60 m)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Induction time
Pot life
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT
ADDITIONAL DATA
approx. 0.021 in (0.53 mm)
Maximum dft when brushing: 6 mils (150 m)
24 (600) 12 (300)
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l) 133 (3.3) 66 (1.7)
measuring dry lm thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed
in between the coating and the measuring device

page 2/4
September 2013

NOVAGUARD 890
Overcoating table with itself (spot repair and stripe coating)
substrate temperature
minimum interval 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
maximum interval 3 months 2 months 1 month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table
substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
for storage and transport of drinking water the recommended working
procedure should be followed
Pot life (at application viscosity)
. n i m 0 6
. n i m 5 4
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
While it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a
worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to
comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Curing
Worldwide availability
50F/10C 70F/21C 85F/29C
50F/10C
70F/21C
85F/29C
70F/20C
85F/29C
10 days
6 days
4 days
40 hours
18 hours
12 hours
0 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s l e b a t n o i s r e v n o C
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
0 5 6 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s e r u t a r e p m e t r i a
REFERENCES

page 3/4
NOVAGUARD 890
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or
eyes
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is
current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PDS 7755
269264 green 4194542200
282887 cream 3002002200

page 4/4
Novaguard is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
September 2013
July 2012 4 pages
Revision of March 2011
PHENGUARD 930
two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy primer
primer coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system
excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,
fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
good resistance to hot water
recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
offwhite eggshell
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
(data for mixed product)
14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm)
66% 2%
max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 315 g/l (approx. 2.6 lb/gal)
(UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3)
Recommended dry film thickness 4 mils (100 m) *
Theoretical spreading rate 264 ft/gal(us) (6.6 m/l) @ 4 mils (100 m) *
2 hours at 70F (21C)

min. 36 hours *
max. 21 days *
see curing table *
at least 12 months
* see additional data
steel; blast cleaned to at least SSPC SP-10 (ISO-Sa 2.5) and free from rust, scale,
shop primer and any other contamination
blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 m)
the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Phenguard 930
substrate temperature must be above 50F/10C and at least 5F/3C above dew
point during application and curing
e n i r a m system sheet: 3141

s g n i t a o c k n a t

system sheet:

3322
Description
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/21 C
Mass density
Volume solids
VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3)
Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

page 1/4
July 2012


PHENGUARD 930
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be
above 60F/15C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain
application viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
4 hours at 70F/21C *
allow induction time before use
60F/15C - 20 min.
70F/21C - 15 min.
77F/25C - 10 min.

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure 44 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure 2200 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)
only for spot repair and stripe coating
Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Thinner 90-53
Film thickness and spreading rate
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l)
dft in mils (m) 5 (125) 4 (100)

Maximum dft when brushing: 2.5 mils (60 m)
Overcoating table for Phenguard 935
substrate
temperature
minimum interval 60 hours 48 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
maximum interval 28 days 25 days 21 days 14 days 7 days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Pot life
Induction time
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT
0.070 in (2 mm)
approx. 0.017 - 0.021 in (= 0.46 - 0.53 mm)
264 (6.6) 216 (5.3)
50F/
10C
60F/
15C
70F/
21C
85F/
29C
105F/
40C

page 2/4
July 2012


PHENGUARD 930
Curing table for Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of cargoes
without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea water
substrate temperature Service
s y a d 4 1
s y a d 4 1
s y a d 0 1
7 days
days 5
minimum curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of
cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to
the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol and vinyl acetate monomer, a hot cure is required
which cannot be substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-
aggressive cargoes
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and 3rd
coat (see overcoating details)
when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited
to a maximum of 4 mils (100 m)
Pot life (at application viscosity)
s r u o h 6
s r u o h 4
r u o h 5 . 1
While it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a
worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to
comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Curing
Worldwide availability
50F /10C
70F /21C
85F /29C
70F /21C
50F /10C
60F /15C
85F /29C
105F /40C
0 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s l e b a t n o i s r e v n o C
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S

Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491

Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
0 5 6 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s e r u t a r e p m e t r i a
REFERENCES

page 3/4
July 2012
PHENGUARD 930
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes
to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this data sheet
is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are
maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PDS 7409
180706 offwhite 7001002200




for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed
skin or eyes

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

page 4/4
PHENGUARD is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
July 2012

4 pages
Revision of March 2011
PHENGUARD 935
two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
second coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system
excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,
fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
good resistance to hot water
recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
pink eggshell
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
(data for mixed product)
14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm)
max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 315 g/l (approx. 2.6 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 4 mils (100 m) *
Theoretical spreading rate 264 ft/gal(us) (6.6 m/l) @ 4 mils (100 m) *
2 hours at 70F/21 C

min. 24 hours *
max. 21 days *
see curing table * (data for components)
at least 12 months
* see additional data
previous coat of Phenguard 930; dry and free from any contamination
the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Phenguard 935
substrate temperature must be above 50F/10C and at least 5F/3C above dew
point during application and curing
Description
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/21 C
Mass density
VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3)
Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
e n i r a m system sheet: 3141
s g n i t a o c k n a t system sheet: 3322
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

page 1/4
July 2012
PHENGUARD 935


mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be
above 60F/15C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain
application viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
4 hours at 70F/21 C
*see additional data
allow induction time before use
60F/15C - 20 min.
70F/21C - 15 min.
77F/25C - 10 min.

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure 44 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure 2200 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Thinner 90-53
Film thickness and spreading rate

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Pot life
Induction time
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT
0.070 in (2 mm)
approx. 0.017 - 0.021 in (= 0.46 - 0.53 mm)
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l) 264 (6.6) 216 (5.3)
dft in mils (m) 5 (125) 4 (100)
Maximum dft when brushing: 2.5 mils (60 m)
50F/
10C
60F/
15C
70F/
21C
85F/
29C
105F/
40C
Overcoating table for Phenguard 935
substrate
temperature
minimum interval 36 hours 32 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
maximum interval 28 days 25 days 21 days 14 days 7 days



surface should be dry and free from any contamination

page 2/4
July 2012
PHENGUARD 935
Min. curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of
cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea
water
substrate temperature Service
minimum curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of
cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to
the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol and vinyl acetate monomer, a hot cure is required
which cannot be substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-
aggressive cargoes
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and 3rd
coat (see overcoating details)
Pot life (at application viscosity)
While it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a
worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to
comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Curing
Worldwide availability
s y a d 4 1
s y a d 4 1
s y a d 0 1
7 days
days 5
70F /21C
50F /10C
60F /15C
85F /29C
105F /40C
s r u o h 6
s r u o h 4
r u o h 5 . 1
50F /10C
70F /21C
85F /29C
0 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s l e b a t n o i s r e v n o C
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
0 5 6 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s e r u t a r e p m e t r i a
REFERENCES

page 3/4
July 2012
PHENGUARD 935
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed
skin or eyes
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
PDS 7435
179115 pink 6007002200
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes
to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this data sheet
is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are
maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.






page 4/4
PHENGUARD is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
July 2012

4 pages
Revision of March 2011
PHENGUARD 940
two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy finish
finish coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system
excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,
fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
good resistance to hot water
recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
easy to clean
light grey eggshell
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
(data for mixed product)
14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm)
66% 2%
max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 315 g/l (approx. 2.6 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 4 mils (100 m) *
Theoretical spreading rate 264 ft/gal(us) (6.6 m/l) @ 4 mils (100 m) *
2 hours at 70F/21 C

min. 24 hours *
max. 21 days *
see curing table * at 70F/21 C
* see additional data
at least 12 months
* see additional data
previous coat of Phenguard 935; dry and free from any contamination
the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Phenguard 940
substrate temperature must be above 50F/10C and at least 5F/3C above
dew point during application and curing
Description
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/21 C
Mass density
Volume solids
VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3)
Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
e n i r a m system sheet: 3141
s g n i t a o c k n a t system sheet: 3322
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

page 1/4
July 2012

PHENGUARD 940
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be
above 60F/15C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
4 hours at 70F/21 C *
*see additional data
allow induction time before use




Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice 0.070 in (2 mm)
Nozzle pressure 44 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure 2200 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Thinner 90-53
Film thickness and spreading rate
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Pot life
Induction time
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT
approx. 0.017 - 0.021 in (= 0.46 - 0.53 mm)
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l) 264 (6.6) 216 (5.3)
dft in mils (m) 5 (125) 4 (100)
Maximum dft when brushing:

2.5 mils (60 m)
60F/15C - 20 min.
70F/21C - 15 min.
77F/25C - 10 min.
50F/
10C
60F/
15C
70F/
21C
85F/
29C
105F/
40C
Overcoating table for Phenguard 940
substrate
temperature
minimum interval 36 hours 32 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
maximum interval 28 days 25 days 21 days 14 days 7 days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

page 2/4
July 2012
PHENGUARD 940
Min. curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of
cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea
water
substrate temperature Service
minimum curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of
cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to
the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol and vinyl acetate monomer, a hot cure is required
which cannot be substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-
aggressive cargoes
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and 3rd
coat (see overcoating details)
Pot life (at application viscosity)
While it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a
worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to
comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Curing
Worldwide availability
s y a d 4 1
s y a d 4 1
s y a d 0 1
7 days
days 5
70F /21C
50F /10C
60F /15C
85F /29C
105F /40C
s r u o h 6
s r u o h 4
r u o h 5 . 1
50F /10C
70F /21C
85F /29C
0 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s l e b a t n o i s r e v n o C
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
0 5 6 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s e r u t a r e p m e t r i a
REFERENCES

page 3/4
July 2012

page 4/4
PHENGUARD 940
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed
skin or eyes
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
PDS 7436
179118 grey 5000002200

WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes
to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this data sheet
is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are
maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.





PHENGUARD is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
approx. 11.0 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm)
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l) BASIC DATA AT 70F/21C
5 pages
Revision of May 2012
g n i t a o c y x o p e d e r u c e n i m a e e r f t n e v l o s t n e n o p m o c o w t
tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products
r e t a w g n i k n i r d f o t r o p s n a r t d n a e g a r o t s r o f m e t s y s g n i t a o c s a e l b a t i u s o s l a
s l a c i m e h c s u o i r a v o t e c n a t s i s e r d o o g
h t i w s k n a t e g a r o t s d n a s p i h s , s e r u t c u r t s l e e t s r o f n o i t c e t o r p t a o c e n o
excellent corrosion resistance
) 1 : 0 6 ( t n e m p i u q e y a r p s s s e l r i a d e e f e l g n i s y t u d y v a e h y b d e i l p p a e b n a c
d n a k s i r n o i s o l p x e d e c u d e r re hazard
r o l o c t h g i l o t e u d y t i l i b i s i v d o o g
3 5 7 7 t e e h s e e s , e l b a l i a v a s i n o i s r e v e v i t c u d n o c a o s l a
s s a l g d e p p o h c h t i w d e c r o f n i e r e b n a c bre or mat
e e s ( m e t s y s m o t t o b k n a t e e r f t n e v l o s d e c r o f n i e r t a m s s a l g r o f n o i s r e v r a e l c
system sheet 4144)
t s n i a g a e c n a t s i s e r g n i n r e c n o c E 6 5 5 4 - C - l i M f o s t n e m e r i u q e r e h t s t e e m
aircraft fuel and fuel degradation
s s o l g - r a e l c , e t i h w f f o , n e e r g
) t c u d o r p d e x i m r o f a t a d (
% 0 0 1
) D E S , C E / 3 1 / 9 9 9 1 e v i t c e r i D ( g k / g 9 0 1 . x a m
max. 1.2 lb/gal (approx. 143 g/l)
1 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s
12 - 24 mils (300 - 600 m) depending on system
134 ft/gal (3.3 m/l) for 12 mils (300 m) *
s r u o h 8
* s r u o h 4 2 . n i m
* s y a d 0 2 . x a m
* s y a d 5
) s t n e n o p m o c r o f a t a d (
s h t n o m 2 1 t s a e l t a
a t a d l a n o i t i d d a e e s *
N O I T P I R C S E D
S C I T S I R E T C A R A H C L A P I C N I R P
COLORS AND GLOSS
y t i s n e d s s a M
s d i l o s e m u l o V
) d e i l p p u s ( C O V


y r d d e d n e m m o c e R lm thickness
e t a r g n i d a e r p s l a c i t e r o e h T
r e t f a y r d h c u o T
l a v r e t n i g n i t a o c r e v O
r e t f a e r u c l l u F
) e c a l p y r d d n a l o o c ( e f i l f l e h S
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
steel; blast cleaned to SSPC SP10/NACE 2 (ISO-Sa2), blasting profile 2-
4 mils (50 - 100 m)
suitable primer; SigmaGuard 260, SigmaCover 280, SigmaPrime series or
SigmaCover 522, depending on system requirements
substrate temperature must be above 41F (5C) and at least 5F (3C)
above dew point during application and curing
Steel; power tooling to ISO-St3 for small and isolated areas (like repairs and
joint welds) in tanks or where spot blasting might be impractical
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
excellent resistance to crude oil up to 140F/ 60C
June 2013

page 1/5

SIGMAGUARD CSF 650


0 5 6 F S C d r a u G a m g i S ) m 0 0 3 ( s l i m 2 1 x 1 e n i r a m
or suitable primer
(min. dft of 2 mils (50 m)) + 1 x 12 mils (250 m) SigmaGuard CSF 650
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 4 : 1
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above
70F (21C)
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be added
for recommended application instructions: see working procedure
none
approx. 1 hour at 70F (21C) *
* see additional data
use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down
of paint in hoses at low air temperature
application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated to
approx. 85F (29C) in order to obtain the right application viscosity
length of hoses should be as short as possible
no thinner should be added
approx. 0.021" - 0.025" inch (= 0.53 - 0.64 mm)
at 70F (21C) (paint temperature) min. 4000 p.s.i. (= approx. 28 MPa or 280 bar)
at 85F (29C) (paint temperature) min. 3000 p.s.i.
(= approx. 22 MPa or 220 bar)
for stripe coating and spot repair only
no thinner should be added
Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Induction time
Pot life
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner
Nozzle orice
Nozzle pressure
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner
CLEANING SOLVENT
all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time
has been expired
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheets
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
June 2013

page 2/5
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
Film thickness and spreading rate
theoretical spreading rate ft/
gal (m/l)
163 (4.0) 134 (3.3) 69 (1.7)
dft in mil (m) 10 (250) 12 (300) 24 (600)
: g n i h s u r b n e h w t f d . x a m
measuring wet lm thickness
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint lm for some time
recommendation is to apply a WFT which is equal to the specified dft plus
2.4 mils (60 m)
measuring dry lm thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed
in between the coating and the measuring device
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table for SigmaGuard CSF 650 for dft up to 12 mils (300 m)
e t a r t s b u s f l e s t i h t i w
temperature
40F
(5C)
50F
(10C)
70F
(21C)
85F
(29C)
105F
(40C)
minimum
interval
80 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
maximum
interval
20 days 20 days 20 days 14 days 7 days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table for dft up to 12 mils (300 m)
substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
40F (5C) 60 hours 15 days
50F (10C) 30 hours 7 days
70F (21C) 16 hours 5 days
85F (29C) 10 hours 3 days
105F (40C) 8 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
6 - 8 mils (150 - 200 m)
June 2013
Curing

page 3/5
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
Disclaimer for storage and transport of drinking water:
SigmaGuard CSF 650 is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certicate (see sheet 1882)
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does not accept any responsibility or
liability for any odor, taste or contamination imparted to the drinking water
from the coatings or products retained in the coating.
While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply
the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modication of the product is
sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Worldwide availability
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces
see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specication for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
REFERENCES
June 2013

page 4/5
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
air temperature see information sheet 1650
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
Conversion tables see information sheet 1410
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Pot life (at application viscosity)
. n i m 0 6 ) C 1 2 ( F 0 7
. n i m 5 4 ) C 9 2 ( F 5 8
. n i m 5 2 ) C 0 4 ( F 5 0 1
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may increase
June 2013
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
PDS 7443
179131 green 4000002200
179511 clear 0000002200
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is
current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.


page 5/5
SIGMAGUARD is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
March 2013 4 pages
Revision of December 2012
g n i t a o c y x o p e d e r u c t c u d d a e n i m a y l o p s d i l o s h g i h d e c r o f n i e r t n e n o p m o c o w t
tank coating with good chemical resistance against a wide range of
chemicals
s d o i r e p g n i r u c t r o h s
g n i r u c e r u t a r e p m e t w o l d o o g
n a e l c o t y s a e
) r e t s i g e r s ' d y o l L ( g n i t a o c l o r t n o c n o i s o r r o c d e z i n g o c e R
s s o l g - y e r g , n e e r g t h g i l
) t c u d o r p d e x i m r o f a t a d (
% 2 8 7
) D E S , C E / 3 1 / 9 9 9 1 e v i t c e r i D ( g k / g 3 6 1 . x a m
) l a g / b l 9 . 1 . x o r p p a ( l / g 3 3 2 . x a m
* s r u o h 8 . n i m
* s y a d 8 2 . x a m
* e l b a t g n i r u c e e s
) s t n e n o p m o c r o f a t a d (
s h t n o m 2 1 t s a e l t a
a t a d l a n o i t i d d a e e s *
steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC SP-10 (ISO-Sa 2.5)
sufficiently roughened if d n a n o i t a n i m a t n o c y n a m o r f e e r f , y r d ; t a o c s u o i v e r p
necessary

0 2 3 3 : t e e h s m e t s y s s g n i t a o c k n a t
N O I T P I R C S E D
S C I T S I R E T C A R A H C L A P I C N I R P
COLORS AND GLOSS
y t i s n e d s s a M
s d i l o s e m u l o V
) d e i l p p u s ( C O V

y r d d e d n e m m o c e R lm thickness
e t a r g n i d a e r p s l a c i t e r o e h T
r e t f a y r d h c u o T
l a v r e t n i g n i t a o c r e v O
r e t f a e r u c l l u F
) e c a l p y r d d n a l o o c ( e f i l f l e h S
D E D N E M M O C E R
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
N O I T A C I F I C E P S M E T S Y S
SIGMAGUARD 720
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l) BASIC DATA AT 70F/20C
11.68 lb/US gal (1.4 g/cm)
5 - 6.3 mils (125 - 160 m) *
250 ft/gal(us) (6.2 m/l) @ 5 mils (125 m) *
7 - 8 hours at 40F/ 5C, 5 - 6 hours at 50F/ 10C, 2 - 3 hours at 70F/ 20C
substrate temperature must be above 40F/5C and at least 5F/3C above
dew point during application and curing
blasting profile 1.5 - 3.0 mils (40 - 75 m)

page 1/4
IMO-MSC 288(87) Requirements for Cargo Tanks of Crude Oil Tankers
steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded
radius of minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profi le 30 - 75 m
dust quantity rating 1 for dust size class 3, 4 or 5, lower dust size
classes to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated without
magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)



SIGMAGUARD 720
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above
60F/15C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
allow induction time before use
60F/15C - 15 min.
70F/21C - 10 min.
77F/25C - 5 min.
1.5 hours at 70F/20C *
* see additional data

Thinner 91-92
up to 10% for a one coat application of 125 m dft
approx. 0.021 - 0.027 in (= 0.53 - 0.68 mm )
2100 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

Thinner 91-92
5 - 15% for a one coat application of 125 m dft
0.070 in (1.8 - 2 mm)
43 - 57 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 0.3 - 0.4 MPa)
not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating
Thinner 90-53
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin
or eyes
Film thickness and spreading rate
dft in mils (m)
: g n i h s u r b n e h w t f d . x a m
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Induction time
Pot life
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure
BRUSH
CLEANING SOLVENT
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ADDITIONAL DATA
4 mils (100 m)
4 (100) 5 (125)
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l) 312 (7.8) 250 (6.2)
March 2013

page 2/4
6.3 (160)
200 (4.9)
SIGMAGUARD 720
Overcoating table for SigmaGuard 720 for dft up to 5 mils (125 m)
substrate
temperature
minimum
interval
32 hours 24 hours 8 hours 4 hours 3 hours
maximum
interval
28 days 28 days 28 days 14 days 7 days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing table for dft up to 5 mils (125 m)
substrate temperature min. curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating
system before transport of
aliphatic petroleum
products and ballast
water and tanktest
with sea water
cargoes without note 4,
7, 8 or 11
s y a d 7 1 s y a d 0 1
7 days 14 days
5 days 8 days
3 days 5 days
2.5 days 4 days
1.5 day 3 days
minimum curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to
the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
Pot life (at application viscosity)
s r u o h 3 F/ 15C 0 6
r u o h 5 . 1 C/ 21C 0 7
r u o h 1 F/ 25C 7 7
. n i m 0 3 F/ 30C 5 8
While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply
the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modication of the product is
sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Worldwide availability
40F/ 50F/ 70F/ 85F/ 105F/
5C 10C 20C 29C 40C
40F /5C
50F /10C
70F /21C
105F /40C
60F /15C
85F /30C
March 2013

page 3/4
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S
REFERENCES
Curing
March 2013
SIGMAGUARD 720
Safety in conned spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in conned spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specication for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
PDS 7433
179122 grey 5000002200
180730 green 4000002200

WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the

delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is
current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
191734 grey 5000002150
191736 green 4000002150
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
air temperature see information sheet 1650
March 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Elastomeric Polyurea Hybrid
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High build, single coat protection
100% solids
Tough, flexible, and impact resistant
Fast dry times; cures through a wide temperature range
Potable water tank lining
Suitable for wastewater applications, pipe exteriors, high wear surfaces, and cargo
holds
COLOR AND GLOSS Off White* (other colors available on a limited basis)
Semi-gloss
* Product is prone to some degree of discoloration. Discoloration does not impact performance. Light colors will
darken over time. Some batch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 100%
VOC 0 lbs/gal (0 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 20 100 mils (500 2,500 microns)
Coats 1 2
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 20 mils 80 ft
2
/gallon 2.0 m
2
/L
@ 40 mils 40 ft
2
/gallon 1.0 m
2
/L
@ 100 mils 16 ft
2
/gallon 0.4 m
2
/L
Components 2
Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture
Specific gravity 1.52 g/cm
3
(based on Off White)
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 3.0-4.5 mils.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and
provide a surface profile equivalent to 80 grit sandpaper or coarser. Ensure surface
is dry with a plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D4263. Slabs on grade
must have a maximum moisture transmission rate of 3 lbs/1,000 ft
2
/ 24 hours.
Please refer to information bulletin #1496ACUS for further information on moisture
measurements. Prime concrete with Amerlock Sealer or Amerlock 400.
Repair 1. Remove all rust, loose paint, grease, or other contaminants. Spot abrasive blast
damaged areas to remove old coatings and prepare the steel to an SSPC SP10
condition with a 2.0-5.0 mil anchor profile. Alternately power too clean to bare metal
as per SSPC SP-11 to obtain a uniform and dense, minimum 2.0 mil anchor profile.
2. Taper abrade in-tact and adhered coating surrounding the repair area terminating at
a feathered edge at the substrate.
3. Apply Amerthane 490 to the specified thickness as soon as possible after the sur-
face is prepared.
AMERTHANE

490
page 1/3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 110F (-7C to 43C)
Material temperatures 95F to 110F (35C to 43C) (at the gun)
Relative humidity 0 85%
Surface temperature 20F to 110F (-7C to 43C) Surface must be at least 5F above the dew point
temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 Part A Component :: 2 Parts B Component
Part A is the Hardener, Part B is the Pigmented Resin
Gel time 90F 120F 40 80 seconds
Plural component heated
airless spray 2:1 plural component airless spray
Equipment and material temperatures that are generally used follows:
a. 95 110F at gun (35 43C)
b. 12" x 38" 24 element Static Mixer
c. 50' of 38" Fluid Line
d. Pump ratio 45::1 or 64::1 at 2500 4,000 psi
e. Fluid tip with a 0.019- to 0.025-inch orifice
Brush If needed for touch up, collect a small quantity from the static mixer and apply to the
repair area with a well loaded, natural bristle brush. Be aware the gel time is typically
less than 1 minute.
Thinner Do not thin
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner
Primers* Amercoat 370 or Amerlock 2/400 for steel
(direct to metal only for potable water applications)
Amerlock Sealer or Amerlock 2/400 for concrete
* Apply Amerthane 490 after the dry hard time of the epoxy and not greater than 72 hours after the epoxy.
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Amerthane 490 @ 30 mils
AMERTHANE 490
page 2/3
Amerthane 490
at 30 mils
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch (min) 45 30 12 5
Dry hard (hrs) 8 6 4 2
Dry to recoat (hrs) 8 6 4 2
Max recoat, self 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 16 hours
Cure for severe
abrasion/impact
6 days 4 days 3 days 2 days
Cure to service
(water immersion)
48 hours 36 hours 24 hours 18 hours
Cure to service
(potable water)
3 days
page 3/3
AMERTHANE 490
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS ANSI / NSF Standard 61 for drinking water
(minimum 700 gallon tanks, 72 hour return to service, 20 100 mils)
AWWA D102-06 Inside Coating System #4
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 5-gallon pails and 55-gallon drums
Product codes AMER4903 WHITE
AMER490B Cure
AMER4902 Gray
AMER4909 Black
AMER49072 Red Oxide
AMER4905 Blue
AMER49072 Safety Orange
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amerthane is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
March 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Universal Phenolic Alkyd Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS VOC Compliant <2.8 lb/ gal
Corrosion inhibitive formula
Accepts broad range of topcoats
Can be topcoated in 2-4 hours
Compliant with 40 CFR Part 63 subpart MMMM for new and existing facilities
Unlimited recoatability
COLOR AND GLOSS Red Oxide, Off White, Gray
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 60% 3%
VOC 2.79 lbs/gal (335 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 3 mils (50-75 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 2 mils dft 481 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 1
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasive
blasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable and will give the best possible
system performance.
Non-ferrous metals Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Treat with conversion coatings or phosphatizing agents. Applicable over surface
treatments such as MIL-C-5541. Alternately, lightly abrasive blast with fine abrasive
to produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-3 mils in accordance with SSPC
SP-16.
Galvanizing or Galvalume

Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner, then use a phosphatizing
conversion coating.
Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizing.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 45F to 100F (7C to 38C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 45F to 120F (7C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-
tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray
patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely mixed.
Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. Separate air and
fluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line are
recommended.
AMERCOAT

185H
page 1/3
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Level air bubbles with a brush.
Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 185H is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 65
(xylene) or Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F).
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate, application over aged coatings that are cleaned and abraded
(a test patch is recommended)
Topcoats Amercoat 450-series polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, Amercoat
Epoxies, Amerlock Epoxies, PSX 1001, PSX ONE, Amercoat 5400-Series Alkyds, 7-line
Alkyds
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES*
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated
surfaces. Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Performance offset to Federal Standards TT-P-645, TT-P-664, and TT-P-1385
MPI Category #76 Quick drying alkyd metal primer
IMO SOLAS approved per FTP code in a system with Amercoat 5420
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes AT185H-278 Gray
AT185H-3 Off White
AT185H-724 Oxide Red
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
AMERCOAT 185H
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 1.5 hours 30 minutes 20 minutes
Dry hard 3 hours 1 hour 45 minutes
Dry to recoat/topcoat 5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
Maximum recoat/ topcoat Unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 185H
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
April 2014
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Alkyd Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS VOC Compliant <2.8 lb/ gal
Excellent sprayability
Resists corrosion
COLOR AND GLOSS Red Oxide, Off White, Gray
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 60% 3%
VOC 2.33 lbs/gal (280 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 3 mils; 50 75 microns
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 2 mils dft 481 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 1
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasive
blasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable and will give the best possible
system performance. Achieve a blast profile of 1.0-2.5 mils. Avoid over-blasting as
pin-point rusting may develop.
Non-ferrous metals Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Lightly abrasive blast with fine abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1-2.5 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16. Alternately, disc grind or power
sand with a hard grit to achieve a uniform and dense profile (minimum of 1 mil).
Do not apply over galvanizing, zinc coatings, or concrete.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-
tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray
patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely mixed.
Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017" fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice,
Separate air and fluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air
supply line are recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Level air bubbles with a brush.
Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 5105 is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 15
(mineral spirits).
AMERCOAT

5105
page 1/3
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate, application over aged coatings that are cleaned and abraded
(a test patch is recommended)
Topcoats Amercoat 5400-series alkyds, 7-line alkyds
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES
** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures not simply air tem-
peratures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated sur-
faces. Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Performance offset to Federal Standards TT-P-645, TT-P-664, and TT-P-1385
MPI Category #76 Quick drying alkyd metal primer
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes AT510523 Pearl Gray
AT51053 White
AT510572 Oxide Red
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
AMERCOAT 5105
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 4 hours 2 hours 1.25 hours
Dry hard 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Dry through 48 hours 24 hours 16 hours
Dry to recoat / topcoat 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours
Maximum recoat / topcoat Unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 5105
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
December 2012
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Alkyd Shop Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS VOC Compliant <2.8 lb/ gal
Excellent sprayability
Resists corrosion
COLOR AND GLOSS Oxide Red, Gray
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 51% 3%
VOC 2.8 lbs/gal (340 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 3 mils (50-75 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 2 mils dft 409 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 1
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasive
blasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable and will give the best possible
system performance. Achieve a blast profile of 1.0-2.0 mils. Avoid over-blasting as
pin-point rusting may develop.
Non-ferrous metals Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Lightly abrasive blast with fine abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1.0 2.0 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16. Alternately, disc grind or
power sand with a hard grit to achieve a uniform and dense profile (minimum of 1 mil).
Do not apply over galvanizing, zinc coatings, or concrete.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 40F to 110F (5C to 43C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely mixed.
Pre-mix with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize the container.
Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.015"-0.017" fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice, Separate air and
fluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line are
recommended.
AMERCOAT

5108
page 1/3
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Level air bubbles with a brush.
Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 5108 is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 15
(mineral spirits).
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to substrate, application over aged coatings that are cleaned and abraded
(a test patch is recommended)
Topcoats Amercoat 5400-series alkyds, 7-line alkyds
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES*
* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative
humidity. Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes AT51082 Gray
AT51087 Oxide Red
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
AMERCOAT 5108
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 60 min. 40 min. 30 min.
Dry through 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
Dry to recoat / topcoat 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
Maximum recoat / topcoat unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 5108
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
December 2012
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Pre-Construction Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Zero VOC formulation
>65% zinc in dry film
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Early water resistance
Suitable for high speed welding
Provides protection for extended periods
COLOR* AND GLOSS Grey
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 62% 4% (based on applied film, including porosity)
VOC 0 lbs/gal (0 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 0.5 0.7 mils (12.5 17.5 microns)
Higher film thickness is possible, however high speed welding performance is adversely
affected by higher film thicknesses.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 0.7 mils 1,420 ft
2
/gal
Components 2 (liquid, zinc powder)
Shelf Life Liquid and powder 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the
original unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100F and in dry conditions.
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Remove weld spatter. Abrasive blast
with an angular abrasive to SSPC SP-10 or higher with a 1.0-2.0 mil surface profile.
Higher surface profiles up to 3.5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied
in a thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 0.7 mils dry film thickness.
Apply DSP 3 as soon as possible after blasting to avoid rusting or other contamination.
Do not wait more than 6 hours between blasting and coating. Maintain relative
humidity below 75% during blasting and prior to coating application. Do not leave
blasted steel uncoated overnight. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic
matter off surface before coating. Take care not to touch blasted surfaces.
Secondary surface preparation prior to overcoating
Atmospheric service Power wash with clean water to remove zinc salts, and other surface contaminants.
Allow to dry thoroughly. Power tool clean weld areas to SSPC SP-11 standards.
Immersion service Power wash with clean water to remove alkaline salts formed during curing. Lightly
sweep blast the surface and spot blast weld and burn back areas to an SSPC SP-10
condition. Anti-corrosive system should have a minimum dry film thickness of 10 mils.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 50F to 100F (10C to 37C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum (curing times can double from 70% to 85% relative humidity.
Low humidity conditions are favorable for water based inorganic zinc.)
Surface temperature 50F to 130F (10C to 54C) Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew
point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-
tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray
patterns. Curing in stagnant air conditions will lead to a smooth, glazed finish that will
require abrading prior to overcoating.
DSP 3
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate
speeds to homogenize the container. Add powder component slowly under agitation
until fully mixed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30-60 mesh
filter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.
Pot life
* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc.
Airless spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Dedicated
airless equipment is highly recommended. WIWA Model # 34020 20:1 pump with
integral agitated feed tank. WIWA 500F spray gun. A 0.021 tip size is recommended.
Use a 1/4" fluid line with a maximum of 50 feet. Avoid delays in spraying and recirculate
or flush line as needed to prevent settling. Adjust pressure as needed. Flush thoroughly
with clean water immediately after use.
Air spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Industrial
equipment such as DeVilbiss MBC 510 with a 64 air cap. Use a heavy mastic spring
and leather packing to avoid sticking and packing of the fluid needle and tip. A pressure
pot with variable speed agitator, oil and water trap and separate air and fluid regulators
should be used. Instead of a pressure pot, a low pressure feed pump with recirculating
lines can be used. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet. Promptly flush/clean with clean
water after use.
Automatic spray An Accuspray HVLPAutomatic spray head model #55ZZ or equivalent is recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended.
Repair Spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surface preparation instructions before
touching up with DSP 3.
Thinner Not normally necessary. If necessary, thin with clean water at a maximum of 2 ounces
per gallon.
Cleaning solvent clean water
Primers Direct to metal
Topcoats Amercoat epoxies, Pittguard epoxies
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to prevent
application bubbling. Lightly rub dry spray from the surface prior to overcoating.
Product can be specified as a single coat system in certain applications.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES DSP-3 @ 0.7 mils and maximum 70% relative humidity
* Surface must be clean and dry. Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants
including zinc salts and alkaline salts formed during the curing process. In all cases, it is necessary to rinse
the steel to remove alkaline salts prior to exterior storage. It is highly advisable to rinse the steel prior to top-
coating when steel will be subject to ponding water or condensation from high humidity conditions in service.
Rinsing should be done with clean water until the surface pH is 8 or lower as measured in several locations.
Water rinsing can take place after the cure to water insolubility time is reached.
If surface glaze develops during cure, it is necessary to abrade the surface prior to topcoating. All dry spray
must be removed from the surface by screening or light abrading.
DSP 3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
DSP 3 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 10 minutes 2 minutes 1 minute
Dry to handle 35 minutes 6 minutes 2 minutes
Dry to recoat* 4 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour
Max recoat, self 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours
Maximum overcoat* Unlimited- see instructions below
Cure to water insolubility 12 hours 4 hours 2 hours
page 3/3
DSP 3
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 5-gallon kits
Product codes DP3-A Liquid component
DP3-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

December 2012 4 pages
Revision of July 2010
SIGMACOVER 280 US
two component polyamide cured epoxy primer
general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel and
non ferrous metals
good adhesion to steel and galvanised steel
good adhesion to non ferrous metals
good flow and wetting properties
good water and corrosion resistance
cures at temperatures down to 40F (+5C)
can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy- and
two component polyurethane coatings
suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)
compatible with well designed cathodic protection systems
suitable for application to waterjetted surfaces
green - eggshell
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
(data for mixed product)
approx. 11.0 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm)
70 2%
2.5 lbs/gal (301 g/l)
3-5 mils (75 - 125 m) depending on system and application method
1,122 ft/gal at 1 mil (28 m/l for 25 m)
3 hours
min. 8 hours (see tables)*
max .2-3 months (see tables)*
5 days *

(data for components)
2 years from date of manufacture
* see additional data
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/ 21C
Mass density
Volume solids
VOC (supplied)
Recommended dry film thickness
Theoretical spreading rate
Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)

page 1/4
for immersion exposure:
steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to
SSPC-SP10, blast profile 2-4 mils (50 - 100 m)
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to
SPSS-P7 (spot and sweep) or power wash to remove zinc salts and other

contaminants. Refer to PPG technical service for specific information.
for atmospheric exposure conditions:
steel; pretreated preferably to SSPC-SP10 or SSPC-SP3 blast profile
2-3 mils (50 - 75 m)
coated steel; hydrojetted to SSPC SP WJ-2 (L)
shop primed steel; pretreated to SSPC-SP3
galvanised steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination and
roughened up, preferebly blast cleaned to a 1.5 mils (37m) profile
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
coated steel; hydrojetted to SSPC SP WJ-2 (L)



December 2012

SIGMACOVER 280 US
substrate temperature should be above 40F (5C) and at least 5F (3C)
above dew point during application and curing
although tolerant to damp surfaces, optimum performance is achieved on
dry blast cleaned steel
maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 3 : 1
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above
60F (15C), otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
none
5 hours at 70F (21C) *
* see additional data

Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10
0 - 5% for 3 mils ( 75 m) dft
0.017 - 0.019 in (0.46 mm)
2100 p.s.i. (approx. 150 bar)

Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10
5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
0.070 in (2 mm)
44 - 55 p.s.i. ( approx. 3-4 bar)

Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10
0 - 3%

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

Induction time

Pot life

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner

Volume of thinner

Nozzle orifice

Nozzle pressure

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner

Volume of thinner

Nozzle orifice

Nozzle pressure

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner

Volume of thinner

page 2/4
Thinner 90-53 or Amercoat 12
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin
or eyes
Film thickness and spreading rate
theoretical spreading rate ft/gal 378 285 228
0 . 5 0 . 4 0 . 3 s l i m n i t f d
0 5 ( s l i m 2 : g n i h s u r b n e h w t f d . x a m m)
CLEANING SOLVENT
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ADDITIONAL DATA
December 2012
SIGMACOVER 280 US
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280US for dft up to 3 mils ( 75 m)
with various two pack epoxy
coatings
substrate
temperature
40 F
(5C)
50F
(10C)
70F
(20C)
85F
(30C)
105F
(40C)
minimum
interval
36 hours 16 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
maximum
interval when
not exposed to
sunshine
3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
maximum
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine
2 months 2 months 2 months 2 months 2 weeks
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280US for dft up to 3 mils ( 75 m)
with SigmaDur and one component
products such as acrylics and
alkyds
substrate
temperature
40 F
(5C)
50F
(10C)
60F
(15C)
70F
(20C)
85F
(30C)
105F
(40C)
minimum
interval
36
hours
16
hours
10
hours
8
hours
6
hours
4
hours
maximum
interval
21 days 21 days 14 days 10 days 7 days 7 days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

page 3/4

Curing table for dft up to 3 mils (75 m)
substrate
temperature
touch dry dry to handle full cure
40 F (5C) 12 hours 16 hours 18 days
50F (10C) 8 hours 11 hours 12 days
70F (20C) 3 hours 7 hours 5 days
85F (30C) 2 hours 3 hours 4 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)

Pot life (at application viscosity)
s r u o h 7 ) C 0 1 ( F 0 5
s r u o h 5 ) C 0 2 ( F 0 7
s r u o h 3 ) C 0 3 ( F 5 8
r u o h 1 ) C 0 4 ( F 5 0 1
Curing


SIGMACOVER 280 US
While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply
the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is
sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Worldwide availability

REFERENCES
December 2012

page 4/4
SCOVR 280 US GREEN 4009 KIT 6C1976945/5U (4 gallon Kit) 6C1976945/05 + 6C197281B/01
SCOVR 280 US GREEN 4009 KIT 6C1976955/1U (1 gallon Kit) 6C1976955/01 + 6C197282B/04
PDS 7417US
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is
current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
SIGMACOVER is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.

May 2013 4 pages
Revision of September 2012
SIGMAGUARD 260
two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy holding
primer
holding primer for SigmaGuard CSF 650, Novaguard 840 and
Novaguard 890
can be applied and cures at temperatures down to +40F/+5C
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
good abrasion resistance
pink - eggshell
(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm; 1 ft/US gal = 0.0245 m/l)
(data for mixed product)
14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm)
68 2%
max. 194 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 328 g/l (approx. 2.7 lb/gal)
3 mils (75 m) *
546 ft/gal(us) (13.65 m/l) @ 2 mils (50 m)
2 - 3 hours at 70F/20C, 14 - 16 hours at 40F/5C
min. 8 hours *
max. 1 month *
see curing table *
(data for components)
at least 12 months
* see additional data
steel; blast cleaned to at least SSPC SP-10 (ISO-Sa 2.5) and free from rust, scale,
shop primer and any other contamination
blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 m)
the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
SigmaGuard 260
substrate temperature must be above 40F/5C and at least 5F/3C above
dew point during application and curing
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
COLORS AND GLOSS
BASIC DATA AT 70F/20C
Mass density
Volume solids
VOC (supplied)

Recommended dry film thickness
Theoretical spreading rate
Touch dry after
Overcoating interval
Full cure after
Shelf life (cool and dry place)
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES

page 1/4
363 ft/gal(us) (9.1 m/l) @ 3 mils (75 m)

SIGMAGUARD 260
mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 87 : 13
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above
60F/15C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
allow induction time before use
40F/5C - 20 min.
50F/10C - 15 min.
60F/15C - 10 min.
2 hours at 70F/20C *
* see additional data

Thinner 91-92
5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
approx. 0.019 - 0.021 in (= 0.48 - 0.53 mm )
2100 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

Thinner 91-92
5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
0.070 in (2 mm)
43 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)
only for spot repair and stripe coating
Thinner 91-92
0 - 5%
Thinner 90-53
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin
or eyes
Film thickness and spreading rate
dft in mils (m)
: g n i h s u r b n e h w t f d . x a m
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Induction time
Pot life
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Nozzle pressure
BRUSH
Recommended thinner
Volume of thinner
CLEANING SOLVENT
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ADDITIONAL DATA
2.5 mils (60 m)
2 (50) 4 (100)
theoritical spreading rate ft/US gal (m/l) 546 (13.65) 272 (6.8)
May 2013

page 2/4
3 (75)
363 (9.1)


SIGMAGUARD 260

Overcoating table for SigmaGuard 260 for dft up to 3 mils (75 m)
with SigmaGuard CSF 650,
Novaguard 840 or Novaguard 890
substrate
temperature
minimum
interval
maximum
interval when
not exposed to
sunshine

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table for dft up to 3 mils (75 m)
substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
s y a d 0 1 s r u o h 0 2
10 hours 7 days
3 hours 5 days
1 hour 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)

when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited
to a maximum of 4 mils (100 m)

Pot life (at application viscosity)
s r u o h 8
s r u o h 6
s r u o h 4
s r u o h 2
. n i m 0 3
While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply
the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is
sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
Worldwide availability
50F /10C
70F /20C
60F /15C
40F /5C
104F /40C
40F /5C
50F /10C
70F /20C
104F /40C
24 hours 20 hours 14 hours 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours
2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month 1 month
40F/ 50F/ 60F/ 70F/ 86F/ 104F/
5C 10C 15C 20C 30C 40C
0 1 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s l e b a t n o i s r e v n o C

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

0 3 4 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s s n o i t a c i d n i y t e f a S

Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
REFERENCES
May 2013

page 3/4
Curing

SIGMAGUARD 260

WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the

delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is
current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PDS 7944
241815 pink 6007002200
for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed
skin or eyes
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
0 5 6 1 t e e h s n o i t a m r o f n i e e s e r u t a r e p m e t r i a
REFERENCES (continued)
May 2013

page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
December 2012
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Moisture curing, reduced zinc (ethyl) silicate preconstruction primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Suitable for automatic application on (shot) blasted steel plate
Fast drying properties
Good cutting and excellent welding properties, including MIG/MAG welding in various
positions (either automatic or manual welding)
Passed MIL-STD 248C welding test
Provides regular, smooth weld seams
Low fume release during welding and cutting
No adherence of weld spatter at surrounding primed surface
Excellent thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work procedures
Can be used as a first coat in various paint systems.
Suitable for seawater immersion in combination with controlled cathodic protection
systems.
Approved Lloyd's Register of Shipping, ABS and DNV for use as pre-construction
primer.
Health certificate from North of England Industrial Health Service
38% zinc in dry film
NAVSEA approved for MIL-PRF-23236(D), Type VII, Class 8, Grade C
IMO PSPC approvals available
COLOR AND GLOSS Grey, Green, Redbrown flat
BASIC DATA at 68F (20C)
Mass density approximately 12.4 lbs/gal (1.5 g/cm
3
)
Solids content approximately 30% by volume
VOC (by EPA method 24) 5.1 lbs./gal (611 g/ltr)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 0.7 mils (17 m)
Theoretical Spread Rate 687 ft
2
/gal @ 0.7 mils dft (57 m
2
/ltr for 17 m)
Dry to handle 6 minutes a substrate temperature of 68F (20C)
3 minutes a substrate temperature of 104F (40C)
Temperature resistance 1000F (538C)
Overcoating interval minimum 3 days
maximum 6 months
longer overcoating intervals can be permitted when primer is still in sound condition
Shelf life (cool and dry place) Binder: minimum 9 months
Paste: minimum 24 months
Flash point Binder: 60F (16C)
Paste: 57F (14C)
Package Data 4.755 gallon mixed kit:
Binder: 3.17 gallons
Paste: 1.585 gallons
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE
CONDITIONS AND Steel: blast cleaned to NACE No.2/SSPC-SP10 (Near White Metal)
TEMPERATURES Blasting profile(Rz); 1.6 2.8 mils (40 70 m)
On steel blasted to the above profile, the recommended dft of 0.7mils corresponds
to 0.8 mils as measured on a smooth test panel
Minimum thickness for a closed film is 0.6 mils measured on a smooth test panel.
SIGMAWELD199 US
page 1/4
Substrate temperature may be to maximum 104F (40C).
For automatic application a substrate temperature of 86F (30C) is recommended
The temperature of the substrate should be at least 5F (3C) above the dew point.
Relative humidity during curing should be above 40%
SECONDARY SURFACE
SURFACE PREPARATION During storage and construction, contamination of the preconstruction primer
should be limited.
After fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme below.
After fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme below.
Where two possible surface treatments are indicated, the choice of treatment is
dependent on the location and on the system to be applied. (See system sheets)
Ensure surface is free of dust prior to coating application.
The preferred pre-treatment for optional results shown; other possibilities are
indicated in brackets
Exposure conditions immersed atmospheric
Contamination to be removed to be removed
Weldseams SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP3
(SSPC-SP3)
Burned areas SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP7
(SSPC-SP3) SSPC-SP3
Damaged corroded areas SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP7
(SSPC-SP3) SSPC-SP3
White rust SSPC-SP3 SSPC-SP2
(SCAP*) (SCAP*)
*Cleaning by silicon carbide impregnated abrasive pad.
Note: That the back of the welded plate may show discoloration (especially on plate
where fillets have been welded on). This is not to be confused with burned areas and
does not require special treatment. Burned through areas may be present (this happens
especially when welding thin steel) and these should then be treated as per burned
areas above.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE During storage and construction, contamination of the preconstruction primer
should be limited.
Mixing ratio by volume: 2:1 binder : paste
The temperature of the mixture of binder and paste should be above 60F(16C)
Stir the paste thoroughly using a mechanical mixer before adding the binder
Add gradually one third of the binder to the pigment paste.
Stir thoroughly until homogenous.
Add remaining binder and continue stirring until the mixture is homogenous.
Strain through a 30-60 mesh screen.
Mixed paint is ready for use.
Some addition of thinner 90-53, flashpoint 86F( (30C) might be necessary de-
pending on routing, line speed and steel temperature.
Agitate continuously during application.
Pot life 24 hours at 68F (20C)
Airless Spray
Tip size 0.017 0.021 inch (approximately 0.43 0.53 mm)
Pressure 1400 1170 p.s.i. (approximately 80 12 MPa)
Thinner no thinner allowed
SIGMAWELD 199 US
page 2/4
page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 199 US
Conventional Spray
Nozzle orifice approximately 0.070 inch (2 mm)
Fluid pressure 43 p.s.i. (approximately 3 at 0.3 MPa)
Thinner no thinner allowed
Cleaning Solvent Thinner 90 53 [Flash point 86F (30C)]
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS This product is offered for sale and use only to PROFESSIONALLY TRAINED
INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL. It is NOT FOR RESIDENTIAL USE. This product contains
flammable solvents and/or other hazardous ingredients and must be used with caution.
Observe all health and safety precautions as listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet
during storage and handling, application, drying and disposal. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
USE THIS PRODUCT WITHOUT CONSULTING THE CURRENT MATERIAL SAFETY
DATA SHEET. Material Safety Data Sheets are available from the Customer Service
Department at SigmaKalon USA (713-355-3333).
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confi ned spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
air temperature see information sheet 1650
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
page 4/4
SIGMAWELD 199 US
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Sigmaweld is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
January 2014
Revision of December 2013
DESCRIPTION Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS >80% zinc in dry film
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Fast dry times for rapid topcoating
Amercoat 861 accelerator can be used for low temperature curing
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
Reddish Gray, Green
* Green color will be Made-To-Order.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 70% 3%
VOC* 2.4 lbs/gal (288 g/L)
* For compliance with regulations which require <100 g/L, Amercoat 68HS VOC can be specified interchangeably.
Recommended
Dry film thickness 2 5 mils per coat (50 125 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1123 ft
2
/gal
@ 3 mils 374 ft
2
/gal
Components 3
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 400F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life Base and Hardener 3 years from date of manufacture
Zinc Powder 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. All previous
coats must dry and free of contaminants.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0 3.0 mils surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Amercoat 68HS as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from
rusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures Amercoat 68HS
32F to 120F (0C to 49C)
Product can be applied without accelerator at surface and air temperatures down to 40F. Material temperature
must be maintained at 60 to 90F at the time of application for application below 50F. Due to the long curing time
at this temperatures when accelerator is not used, it is recommended that temperatures above 50F are expected
within 12 hours of application. Coated surfaces should be protected from moisture until dry through time is reached.
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature Amercoat 68HS
40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
With Amercoat 861 Accelerator
32F to 100F (0C to 36C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature. Extreme
caution should be taken to ensure there is no ice on the surface in cold weather.
AMERCOAT

68HS
page 1/3
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed.
Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to
remove any undispersed lumps.
Pot life
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush is
well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve
adequate film build.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to metal, can be used to touch up inorganic zincs such as Dimetcote 9-Series.
Topcoats Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 450H, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370,
Amercoat Epoxies, Pittguard Epoxies, Durathane DTM, Pitthane Ultra
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 68HS @ 3 mils dft
* With force cure capabilities (oven temperatures of 140-180F), product can be overcoated after 5-15 minutes.
Allow 5-10 minutes flash off prior to heating past 120F. Addition of Amercoat 861 accelerator is recommended
for this procedure.
Amercoat 68HS with 861 Accelerator @ 3 mils dft
** Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surface
must be clean and dry.
AMERCOAT 68HS
page 2/3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Amercoat 68HS 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours
Amercoat 68HS with
861 accelerator
16 hours 9 hours 5 hours
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 6 hours 1 hour 30 minutes 15 minutes
Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Dry to overcoat* 18 hours 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Maximum overcoat Unlimited**
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 2 hours 30 minutes 20 minutes 10 minutes
Dry through 96 hours 16 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours
Dry to overcoat 18 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes
Maximum overcoat Unlimited**
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 68HS
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type II , Level 2
RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
AVAILABILITY
Packaging* Available in 1-gallon, 4-gallon and 5-gallon** units
* Do not mix components of different kit sizes.
** 5- gallon units are to be discontinued Jan 2013
Product codes AT68HS-A Reddish Gray Base component
AT68HS-5 Green Base component
AT68HS-B Hardener component
AT68HS-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Component 1-gallon kit Codes 4-gallon kit Codes 5-gallon kit Codes
Reddish Gray Base
component
AT68HS-A/01 AT68HS-A4G/05 AT68HS-A/05
Green Base component AT68HS-5/01 AT68HS-5/05
Hardener component AT68HS-B/04 AT68HS-B4G/01 AT68HS-B/01
Zinc Powder component AT68HS-P/01 AT68HS-P4G/05 AT68HS-P/05
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
April 2013
Revision of November 2012
DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Contains 85% zinc in the dry film
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Fast dry times for rapid topcoating
Amercoat 861 accelerator can be used for low temperature curing
Complaint with California SCAQMD Rule 1113
COLOR* AND GLOSS Flat
Reddish Gray
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 70% 3%
VOC 0.7 lbs/gal (84 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 5 mils (50 125 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1123 ft
2
/gal
@ 3 mils 374 ft
2
/gal
Components 3 (base, hardener, zinc powder)
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. All
previous coats must dry and free of contaminants.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Amercoat 68HSVOC as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from
rusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures Amercoat 68HS VOC
50F to 120F (10C to 49C)
Product can be applied without accelerator at surface and air temperatures down to 40F. Material temperature
must be maintained at 60 to 90F at the time of application. Due to the long curing time at this temperatures when
accelerator is not used, it is recommended that temperatures above 50F are expected within 12 hours of application.
Coated surfaces should be protected from moisture until dry through time is reached.
With Amercoat 861 Accelerator
32 to 100F (0C to 36C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 50F to 120F (10C to 49C)
With Amercoat 861 Accelerator
32F to 100F (0C to 36C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
AMERCOAT

68HS VOC
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed.
Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to remove
any undispersed lumps.
Pot life
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush is
well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve ade-
quate film build.
Thinner 97-739 (exempt thinner), Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F),
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12, 12E, or 12V Cleaner, 65 thinner, 97-739 thinner
Primers Direct to metal, can be used to touch up inorganic zincs such as Dimetcote 9-series.
Topcoats Amershield VOC, PSX 700, Amercoat 450H, Amerlock 2/400 VOC, Amercoat 385,
Amercoat 370, Pitthane Series Urethanes, Pittguard Epoxies
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 68HS VOC @ 3 mils dft
* With force cure capabilities (oven temperatures of 140-180F), product can be overcoated after 5-15 minutes.
Allow 5-10 minutes flash off prior to heating past 120F. Addition of Amercoat 861 accelerator is recommended
for this procedure.
Amercoat 68HS VOC with 861 Accelerator @ 3 mils dft
** Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surface
must be clean and dry.
AMERCOAT 68HS VOC
page 2/3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Amercoat 68HS VOC 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours
Amercoat 68HS VOC
with 861 accelerator
16 hours 9 hours 5 hours
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 6 hours 1 hours 30 minutes 15 minutes
Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Dry to overcoat* 36 hours 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Maximum overcoat Unlimited**
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 2 hours 30 minutes 20 minutes 10 minutes
Dry through 96 hours 16 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours
Dry to overcoat 24 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes
Maximum overcoat Unlimited**
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 68HS VOC
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type II , Level 2
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Level 2 standards
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT68HSV-A Base component
AT68HSV-B Hardener component
AT68HSV-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2013
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS >80% zinc in dry film
2.8 lb/gal VOC Compliant
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
NSF approved for potable water storage
COLOR AND GLOSS Red, Green
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 62% 3%
VOC 2.8 lbs/gal (334 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 4 mils (50 100 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 994 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 3 mils dft 331 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. All previous
coats must dry and free of contaminants.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0 3.0 mils surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 4 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness (above
the peaks of the profile). Immersion service requires a preparation of SSPC SP-10.
Apply Amercoat 68MCZ as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from
rusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 40% to 90%
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE*
* see page 2 for NSF application requirements
Mixing ratio by volume Only mix full kits.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-
nize the container. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed.
Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to
remove any undispersed lumps.
AMERCOAT

68MCZ
page 1/3
Pot life
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush is
well loaded to avoid air entrainment.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to metal, can be used to touch up inorganic zincs such as Dimetcote 9-series.
Topcoats Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 450H, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370,
Durathane DTM, Pitthane Ultra, PSX ONE
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 68MCZ @ 3 mils dft and 50% R.H.
NSF Application Criteria
for Potable Water* Amercoat 68MCZ @ 3 mils dft and 50% R.H.
* Please reference the up-to-date listing at http://ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type II , Level 2
RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
ANSI / NSF 61 for potable water tanks >500,000 gallons
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT68MCZ-5 Green Base component
AT68MCZ-7 Red Base component
AT68MCZ-P Zinc Powder component
AMERCOAT 68MCZ
page 2/3
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 9 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes
Dry to handle 24 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2.5 hours
Dry to overcoat* 36 hours 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Maximum overcoat 6 months
Number of Coats 1
Maximum dry film thickness 4 mils
Maximum thinner None
Final Cure time 7 days at 75F
Qualified topcoats Amerlock 2
Minimum tank size 500,000 gallons
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Amercoat 68MCZ 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 68MCZ
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
December 2013
Revision of October 2013
DESCRIPTION Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS >85% zinc in dry film
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Abrasion resistant
Resistant to dry film temperatures of up to 750F
Recommended for ISO 12944 C5I and C5M Conditions
COLOR AND GLOSS Green
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 63% 3% (based on applied film, including porosity)
VOC* 4.1 lbs/gal (491 g/L)
* For compliance with regulations which require < 420 g/L, Dimetcote 9VOC can be specified interchangeably.
For compliance with regulations which require <340 g/L, Dimetcote 9H can be specified interchangeably.
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 4 mils (50-100 microns)
* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 8 mils. For high temperature
applications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,011 ft
2
/gal
@ 3 mils dft 337 ft
2
/gal
Components 2 (liquid, zinc powder)
Dry Temperature Resistance Continuous 750F
Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life Liquid 9 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopened
container. Storage temperature should be 40-100F and in dry conditions.
Powder 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original
unopened container.
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.5-3.0 mil surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Dimetcote 9 as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.
Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 0F to 120F (-18C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 50% minimum
* Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated
structures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in low
humidity environments.
Surface temperature 0F to 130F (-18C to 54C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
DIMETCOTE

9
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing 77 parts liquid :: 23 parts powder by volume.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed. Strain the
mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to remove any
undispersed lumps.
Pot life*
* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisture
contamination
Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.019 0.023, reversible fluid
tip recommended
Air spray Thin up to 10%, dedicated equipment for inorganic zinc is highly recommend, standard
conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil trap in the main line is
recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are recommended. Use an
agitated pressure pot. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended.
Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower than
specified, additional material can be applied up 24 hours from the previous application.
Thin the second coat with Amercoat 101 thinner or Amercoat 930 thinner. Ensure any
dry spray is removed.
For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surface
preparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 9. When blasting is not
practical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 60F), Amercoat 930 (recom-
mended for applications > 80F or when dry spray is a problem)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to metal
Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, others
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to prevent
application bubbling. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.
Product can be un-topcoated in certain applications.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 9 @ 3 mils dft and 50% relative humidity
* A MEK rub resistance rating of 4 or higher, indicates the film has cured sufficiently for topcoating.
** Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surface
must be clean and dry.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type IC , Level 1
RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
AASHTO M300
Nuclear Qualified version available
DIMETCOTE 9
page 2/3
Temperature 70F
Dimetcote 9 8 hours
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to handle 2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes 20 minutes
Dry to overcoat* 48 hours 36 hours 24 hours 18 hours
Full Cure 4 days 72 hours 46 hours 36 hours
page 3/3
DIMETCOTE 9
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes DI9-A Liquid component
DI9-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Dimetcote is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
July 2013
Revision of May 2013
DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High level of zinc in dry film
VOC compliant for <420 g/L requirements
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Abrasion resistant
Resistant to dry film temperatures of up to 750F
Recommended for ISO 12944 C5I and C5M Conditions
Greater than 80% zinc in the dry film
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
Green
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 80% 4% (based on applied film, including porosity)
VOC* 3.43 lbs/gal (412 g/L)
* For compliance with regulations which require <340 g/L, Dimetcote 9H can be specified interchangeably.
Recommended
Dry film thickness* (per coat) 2 5 mils (50 125 microns)
* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 8 mils. For high temperature
applications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1283 ft
2
/gal
@ 3 mils dft 428 ft
2
/gal
Components 2 (liquid, zinc powder)
Dry Temperature Resistance Continuous 750F
Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life Liquid 10 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopened
container. Storage temperature should be 40-100F and in dry conditions.
Powder 24 months for date of manufacture.
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Dimetcote 9VOC as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.
Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 0F to 120F (-18C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 100F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 50% minimum
* Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated
structures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in low
humidity environments.
Surface temperature 0F to 130F (-18C to 54C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
DIMETCOTE

9VOC
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed. Strain the
mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to remove any
undispersed lumps.
Pot life*
* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisture
contamination
Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.019 0.023, reversible fluid
tip recommended
Air spray Thin up to 8%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is required. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended. Use an agitated pressure pot. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended.
Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower than
specified, additional material can be applied up 24 hours from the previous application.
Thin the second coat with Amercoat 101 thinner or Amercoat 930 thinner. Ensure any
dry spray is removed.
For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surface
preparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 9VOC. When blasting is not
practical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 60F), Amercoat 930 (recom-
mended for applications > 80F or when dry spray is a problem)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to metal
Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, others
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to prevent
application bubbling. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.
Product can be un-topcoated in certain applications.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 9VOC @ 3 mils dft and 50% relative humidity
* To confirm cure to topcoat, conduct a MEK rub test per ASTM D4752. A rating of 4 or higher is sufficient for
topcoating
** Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surface
must be clean and dry.
DIMETCOTE 9VOC
page 2/3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Dimetcote 9VOC 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 45 minutes 30 minutes 15 minutes 5 minutes
Dry to handle 75 minutes 50 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes
Dry to overcoat* 48 hours 30 hours 20 hours 16 hours
Maximum overcoat Unlimited**
page 3/3
DIMETCOTE 9VOC
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type IC , Level 2
RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
AASHTO M300
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 0.85-gallon and 4.25-gallon kits
Product codes DI9V-A Liquid component
DI9-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Dimetcote is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2013
Revision of January 2013
DESCRIPTION Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS >85% zinc in dry film
VOC compliant for <340 g/L requirements
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Abrasion resistant
Resistant to dry film temperatures of up to 750F
Recommended for ISO 12944 C5I and C5M Conditions
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
Green
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 80% 4% (based on applied film, including porosity)
VOC* 2.7 lbs/gal (323 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness 2 5 mils per coat (50 125 microns)
* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 8 mils. For high temperature
applications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1283 ft
2
/gal
@ 3 mils dft 427 ft
2
/gal
Components 3 (liquid, activator, zinc powder)
Dry Temperature Resistance Continuous 750F
Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life Liquid and activator 10 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the
original unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100 F and in
dry conditions.
Powder 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original
unopened container.
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Dimetcote 9H as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rust-
ing. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 0F to 120F (-18C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Relative humidity 50% minimum
* Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated
structures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in low
humidity environments
Surface temperature 0F to 130F (-18C to 54C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
DIMETCOTE

9H
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits. Liquid, powder, and activator are packaged in the correct proportions
which, when mixed together, yield 0.68 gallons or 3.4 gallons of Dimetcote 9H.
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Pour in the activator component. Add powder component slowly under
agitation until fully mixed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30
mesh filter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.
Pot life*
* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisture
contamination.
Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger,
0.019 0.023, reversible fluid tip recommended
Air spray Thin up to 8%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is required. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure are
recommended. Use an agitated pressure pot. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended.
Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower than specified,
additional material can be applied up 24 hours from the previous application. Thin the
second coat with Amercoat 101 thinner or Amercoat 930 thinner. Ensure any dry spray
is removed.
For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surface
preparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 9H. When blasting is not
practical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 60F), Amercoat 930
(recommended for applications > 80F or when dry spray is a problem)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to metal
Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 399, Amercoat 435
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to prevent
application bubbling. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.
Product can be un-topcoated in certain applications.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 9H @ 3 mils dft and 50% relative humidity
* A MEK rub resistance test according to ASTM D4752 can be performed to confirm cure to topcoat. A rating of
4 or higher indicates sufficient cures.
A minimum rating of 3 should be obtained prior to overcoating.
** Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surface
must be clean and dry.
DIMETCOTE 9H
page 2/3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Dimetcote 9H 12 hours 8 hours 6 hours
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 45 minutes 30 minutes 15 minutes 5 minutes
Dry to handle 70 minutes 40 minutes 20 minutes 10 minutes
Dry to overcoat* 48 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
Maximum overcoat Unlimited**
page 3/3
DIMETCOTE 9H
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type IC , Level 1
RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
AASHTO M300
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 0.67-gallon and 3.4-gallon kits
Product codes DI9H-A Liquid component
DI9H-B Activator component
DI9-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat and Dimetcote are registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
May 2013
Revision of January 2013
DESCRIPTION Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Zero VOC formulation
>85% zinc in dry film
Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Abrasion resistant
Resistant to dry film temperatures of up to 750F
Recommended for ISO 12944 C5I and C5M Conditions
COLOR AND GLOSS Gray
Flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 62% 4% (based on applied film, including porosity)
VOC 0 lbs/gal (0 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness* (per coat) 2 5 mils (50 125 microns)
* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 9 mils. For high temperature
applications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1,010 ft
2
/gallon
@ 3 mils dft 336 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2 (liquid, zinc powder)
Dry Temperature Resistance Continuous 750F
Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life Liquid and powder 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the
original unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100F and in dry
conditions.
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.
Steel Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Remove weld spatter. Abrasive blast
with an angular abrasive to SSPC SP-10 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.
Higher surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied
in a thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Dimetcote 21-5 as soon as possible after blasting to avoid rusting or other
contamination. Do not wait more than 6 hours between blasting and coating.
Maintain relative humidity below 75% during blasting and prior to coating application.
Do not leave blasted steel uncoated overnight. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other
organic matter off surface before coating. Take care not to touch blasted surfaces.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Material temperatures 40 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum (curing times can double from 70% to 85% relative humidity. Low humidity
conditions are favorable for water based inorganic zinc.)
Surface temperature 40F to 130F (5C to 54C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventilation
during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
Curing in stagnant air conditions will lead to a smooth, glazed finish that will require
abrading prior to overcoating.
DIMETCOTE

21-5
page 1/4
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate
speeds to homogenize the container. Add powder component slowly under agitation
until fully mixed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh
filter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.
Pot life
* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisture contami-
nation
Airless spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Dedicated
airless equipment is highly recommended. WIWA Model # 34020 20:1 pump with integral
agitated feed tank. WIWA 500F spray gun. A 0.021 tip size is recommended. Use a
1
/4"
fluid line with a maximum of 50 feet. Avoid delays in spraying and recirculate or flush
line as needed to prevent settling. Adjust pressure as needed. Flush thoroughly with
clean water immediately after use.
Air spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Industrial
equipment such as DeVilbiss MBC 510 with a 64 air cap. Use a heavy mastic spring
and leather packing to avoid sticking and packing of the fluid needle and tip. A pressure
pot with variable speed agitator, oil and water trap and separate air and fluid regulators
should be used. Instead of a pressure pot, a low pressure feed pump with recirculating
lines can be used. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet. Promptly flush/clean with clean
water after use.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended.
Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower than speci-
fied, apply additional material as soon as possible, but not to exceed 24 hours from the
previous application. Ensure any dry spray is removed.
For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surface
preparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 21-5. When blasting is not
practical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.
Thinner Not normally necessary. If necessary, thin with clean water at a maximum of 2 ounces
per gallon.
Cleaning solvent clean water
Primers Direct to metal
Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400 or 2VOC/400VOC, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, Amercoat
epoxies, Amercoat 741
A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to prevent
application bubbling. Lightly rub dry spray from the surface prior to overcoating.
Product can be specified as a single coat system in certain applications.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DIMETCOTE 21-5
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Dimetcote 21-5 12 hours 8 hours 5 hours
page 2/4
page 3/4
DIMETCOTE 21-5
DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 21-5 @ maximum 70% relative humidity
* Surface must be clean and dry. Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants
including zinc salts and alkaline salts formed during the curing process. In all cases, it is necessary to rinse the
steel to remove alkaline salts prior to exterior storage. It is highly advisable to rinse the steel prior to topcoat-
ing when steel will be subject to ponding water or condensation from high humidity conditions in service.
should be done with clean water until the surface pH is 8 or lower as measured in several locations.
If surface glaze develops during cure, it is necessary to abrade the surface prior to topcoating. All dry spray
must be removed from the surface by screening or light abrading.
** Cure to non-immersion water contact indicates the degree of curing that allows for rinsing with water to re-
move alkaline salts. Steel should be allowed to dry thoroughly after rinsing.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS SSPC Paint 20, Type IC , Level 1
RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
AASHTO M300
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes DI2154-A Liquid component
DI2154-P Zinc Powder component
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 3mils 5 minutes 4 minutes 3 minutes 2 minutes
Dry to handle 3 mils 22 minutes 13 minutes 6 minutes 3 minutes
Dry to recoat* (self) 3 mils 22 minutes 13 minutes 6 minutes 3 minutes
Dry to topcoat* 3 mils 72 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours
Dry to topcoat* 6 mils 120 hours 72 hours 36 hours 24 hours
Dry to topcoat* 9 mils 180 hours 120 hours 72 hours 36 hours
Non-immersion
water contact ** 3 mils
72 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours
Non-immersion
water contact ** 6 mils
5 days 72 hours 36 hours 24 hours
Non-immersion
water contact ** 9 mils
7.5 days 5 days 72 hours 36 hours
Cure to solvent
splash & spill 3 mils
24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours
Cure to solvent
splash & spill 6 mils
48 hours 32 hours 16 hours 9 hours
Cure to solvent
splash & spill 9 mils
72 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours
Maximum overcoat Unlimited*
page 4/4
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
DIMETCOTE 21-5
Dimetcote is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
January 2014
Revision of May 2013
DESCRIPTION Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Provides outstanding corrosion resistance
Fast dry times for rapid topcoating
Low VOC
Excellent corrosion resistance from unique formulation
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
Green
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 78% 3%
VOC 2.37 lbs/gal (284 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 4 mils (50 100 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1251 ft
2
/gal
@ 3 mils dft 417 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance Continuous 400F
Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. All previous
coats must dry and free of contaminants.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile. Higher
surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in a
thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
Apply Dimetcote 302H as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from
rusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.
For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 is
acceptable.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 20F to 130F (-6C to 54C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Only mix full kits.
9 parts base : 1 part hardener by volume
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh
filter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.
Pot life
DIMETCOTE

302H
page 1/3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Dimetcote 302H 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017 - 0.019 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice . A moisture and
oil trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure
are recommended.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for small
touch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush is
well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve ade-
quate film build.
Thinner Amercoat T-10, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Direct to metal, can be used to touch up inorganic zincs such as Dimetcote 9-series.
Topcoats Amershield, PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 240,
Amercoat 235, others
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 302H @ 3 mils dft
* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surface
must be clean and dry.
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS
Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Type 2 standards
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes DI302H-5A Base
DI302H-B Hardener (Part B)
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
DIMETCOTE 302H
page 2/3
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry hard 36 hours 18 hours 6 hours 3 hours
Dry overcoat 8 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 0.75 hour
Maximum overcoat* 3 months
page 3/3
DIMETCOTE 302H
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Dimetcote is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
November 2012
Revision of October 2012
DESCRIPTION Int./Ext. Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Waterborne acrylic enamel
Ease of application, brush, roll, or spray
Soap and water clean up
Low odor
Excellent gloss retention and weathering
Self Priming in many applications
Flash rust resistant
Washable, scrub resistant
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
White, Deep Tint, White Light Tint, Neutral tint, Ultra Tint
* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially if
applied over primers with a significant color contrast.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 37% 3%
VOC 1.6 lbs/gal (192 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 3 mils; (50-75 microns)
Two coats are required for maximum protection
Theoretical Spread Rate 593 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils
297 ft
2
/gal @ 2 mils
Components 1
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Self Life 3 years from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to
the application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application
and curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.
All previous coats must be dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and
maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy
coatings require abrading prior to applying Amercoat 220P. A test patch over
unknown coatings is recommended.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. For optimum
performance, blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher. Note that a primer must be used on all
bare metal substrates when using colors made from Midtone, Deeptone, and Deep
Rustic bases.
Non-ferrous metals Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner as per SSPC SP-1
and galvanizing requirements, then use a phosphatizing conversion coating. Alternately, power tool
clean to uniformly abrade the surface or lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to
produce a uniformand dense anchor profile of 1-2 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16.
Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coated
after power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfaces
that have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be abrasive blasted.
Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are not
completely removed.
AMERCOAT

220P
page 1/3
Concrete / masonry Clean concrete surface, abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 or acid-etch in accordance
with ASTM D 4260. Fill concrete voids with Amercoat 965 or Amercoat 114A.
Clean masonry surfaces by ASTM D4261. Fill masonry block with Amerlock 400BF
block filler or PPG 4-100 acrylic block filler.
Dry Wall Tape all joints, fill cracks and nail holes with patching, paste or spackle; sand smooth.
Remove all dust. Unsealed drywall will require at least 2 coats of Amercoat 220P.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 100F (10C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Surface temperature 50F to 130F (10C to 54C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Relative humidity 85% maximum
General environmental conditions Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.
Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind
from affecting spray patterns. Avoid exterior painting late in the day or when dew or
condensation are likely to form or if rain is expected.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.015-0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. Atomization pressure of 50-70 psi
Brush & roll Use a high quality polyester / nylon brush and/or 1/4 or 3/8 nap roller. Ensure brush /
roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Not normally required. Thin up to 5% with clean water.
Cleaning solvent Soap and water
Primers Concrete, masonry, Stucco, Plaster 4-603, 4-808, Amerlock Series (concrete)
CMU 4-100, Amerlock 400BF, 6-15, 16-90
Ferrous Metal self priming, 90-712, Metalhide 2000, 6-208, 7-852
Non-ferrous metals self priming 90-712 6-204, 6-208, 6-209
Drywall 6-2, 9-900, 17-921
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 220P @ 2 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Meets MPI Category #154, Interior W.B. Light Industrial Coating
Can help earn LEED 2009 credits
Performance offset to Federal Standard TT-E-2784
AMERCOAT 220P
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 2.5 hours 70 minutes 40 minutes
Dry through 12 hours 5 hours 3 hours
Dry to recoat 12 hours 5 hours 3 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 220P
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT220P-T1 AMCT 220P Deep Tint
AT220P-T2 AMCT 220P White and Light Tint
AT220P-T3 AMCT 220P Neutral Tint
AT220P-T6 AMCT 220P Ultra Tint
*Must be tinted
Refer to the appropriate color formula book, automatic tinting equipment, and/or
computer color matching system for color formulas and tinting instructions.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
April 2013
Revision of March 2013
DESCRIPTION Int./Ext. DTM Industrial Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Excellent adhesion
Easy to apply, low odor
Soap and water clean up
Flash rust resistant
COLOR AND GLOSS Flat
White*, Red Oxide, Gray
* May be tinted to the approximate color of the topcoat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 39% 3%
VOC 0.75 lbs/gal (90 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 4 mils; (50-100 microns)
Two coats are required for maximum protection
Theoretical Spread Rate 627 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils
313 ft
2
/gal @ 2 mils
Components 1
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F, Intermittent 250F
* Discoloration will occur at high temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. All previous
coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum top-
coat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings require
abrading prior to applying Pitt-Tech Plus. A test patch over unknown coatings is
recommended.
WARNING: Removal of old paint by sanding, scraping or other means may generate dust or fumes which
contain lead. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS,
ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN OR PREGNANT WOMEN. Controlling exposure to lead or other hazardous sub-
stances requires the use of proper protective equipment, such as a properly fitted and approved (e.g., NIOSH-
approved) respirator and proper containment and cleanup. For additional information, contact the
USEPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424-LEAD or the regional Health Canada office.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. For optimum
performance, blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher.
Non-ferrous metals Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner as per SSPC SP-1
and galvanizing requirements, then use a phosphatizing conversion coating. Alternately, power tool
clean to uniformly abrade the surface or lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to
produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-2 mils in accordance with SSPC
SP-16.
Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coated
after power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfaces
that have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be abrasive blasted.
Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are not
completely removed.
Concrete / masonry Clean concrete surface, abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 or acid-etch in accordance
with ASTM D 4260. Fill concrete voids with Amercoat 965 or Amercoat 114A. Clean
masonry surfaces by ASTM D4261. Fill masonry block with Amerlock 400BF block
filler or PPG 4-100 acrylic block filler.
90-912 Series Pitt-Tech

Plus
page 1/3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Relative humidity Relative humidity in excess of 85% will slow curing
General environmental conditions Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.
Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind
from affecting spray patterns. Avoid exterior painting late in the day or when dew or
condensation are likely to form or if rain is expected.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. Atomization pressure of 55-70 psi
Brush & roll Use a high quality polyester / nylon brush and/or 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller. Ensure brush /
roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Not normally required. Thin up to 5% with clean water. Overthinning may result in
inadequate film thickness and subsequent pinpoint rusting.
Cleaning solvent Soap and water
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Pitt-Tech Plus 90-912 @ 2 mils dft @ 50% relative humidity
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Meets MPI Category #107, Primer, Rust Inhibitor, water based
Meets MPI Category #134, Primer, Galvanized, water based
Can help earn LEED 2009 credits
Performance offset to Federal Standard TT-P-1975 and Mil-P-28577, and Mil-P-53032
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes 90-908 Red Oxide
90-909 Gray primer
90-912 White Primer
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
90-912 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 60 minutes 20 minutes 12 minutes
Dry through 4 hours 1 hour 40 minutes
Dry to recoat 6 hours 1.5 hours 1 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
90-912 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Pitt-Tech is a registered trademark of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
April 2013
Revision of March 2013
DESCRIPTION Int./Ext. Satin DTM Industrial Enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS 100% Waterborne acrylic enamel
Excellent adhesion for true DTM performance
Easy to apply, low odor
Soap and water clean up
Improved color and gloss retention versus most alkyds and water based systems
Flash rust resistant
Washable, scrub resistant
COLOR AND GLOSS Satin (15-20 gloss w/ 60 meter)
White, Custom Colors
* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially if
applied over primers with a significant color contrast.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 42.4% 3%
VOC 0.7 lbs/gal (85 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 4 mils; (50-100 microns)
Two coats are required for maximum protection
Theoretical Spread Rate 680 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils
340 ft
2
/gal @ 2 mils
Components 1
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F, Intermittent 250F
* Discoloration will occur at high temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to
the application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application
and curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.
All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and
maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy
coatings require abrading prior to applying Pitt-Tech Plus. A test patch over
unknown coatings is recommended.
WARNING: Removal of old paint by sanding, scraping or other means may generate dust or fumes which
contain lead. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS,
ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN OR PREGNANT WOMEN. Controlling exposure to lead or other hazardous
substances requires the use of proper protective equipment, such as a properly fitted and approved (e.g.,
NIOSH-approved) respirator and proper containment and cleanup. For additional information, contact the
USEPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424-LEAD or the regional Health Canada office.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. For optimum
performance, blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher. Note that a primer and one or a minimum
of two coats must be used when on all bare metal substrates when using colors
made from Midtone, Deeptone, and Deep Rustic bases.
Non-ferrous metals Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner as per SSPC SP-1
and galvanizing requirements, then use a phosphatizing conversion coating. Alternately, power tool
clean to uniformly abrade the surface or lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to
produce a uniformand dense anchor profile of 1-2 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16.
Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coated
after power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfaces
that have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be abrasive blasted.
Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are not
completely removed.
90-1110 Series Pitt-Tech

Plus
page 1/3
Concrete / masonry Clean concrete surface, abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 or acid-etch in accordance
with ASTM D 4260. Fill concrete voids with Amercoat 965 or Amercoat 114A. Clean
masonry surfaces by ASTM D4261. Fill masonry block with Amerlock 400BF block
filler or PPG 4-100 acrylic block filler.
Wood Sand new bare wood to remove any surface contamination and surface cells.
Remove oil spots, sap or pitch by wiping with 97-727 thinner. Countersink all nails
and putty flush with the surface. Properly dispose of solvent rags to avoid sponta-
neous combustion hazard. A wood primer or a first coat of Pitt-Tech Plus may be
used to prime the surface. To recoat primed wood, remove all dirt, grease, or oil
with a cleaner. Rinse with clean water. Remove wax with a commercial de-waxer.
Sand loose paint to a tight, adherent surface.
Dry Wall Tape all joints, fill cracks and nail holes with patching, paste or spackle; sand smooth.
Remove all dust. Unsealed drywall will require at least 2 coats of Pitt-Tech Plus.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Relative humidity Relative humidity in excess of 85% will slow curing
General environmental conditions Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.
Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind
from affecting spray patterns. Avoid exterior painting late in the day or when dew or
condensation are likely to form or if rain is expected.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. Atomization pressure of 50-70 psi
Brush & roll Use a high quality polyester / nylon brush and/or 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller. Ensure brush /
roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Not normally required. Thin up to 5% with clean water. Overthinning may result in
inadequate film thickness and subsequent pinpoint rusting.
Cleaning solvent Soap and water
Primers Concrete, masonry, Stucco, Plaster 4-603, 4-808, Amerlock Series (concrete)
CMU 4-100, Amerlock 400BF, 6-15, 16-90
Ferrous Metal self priming, 90-712, Metalhide 2000, 6-208, 7-852
Non-ferrous metals self priming, 90-712, 6-204, 6-208, 6-209
Drywall 6-2, 9-900, 17-291
Exterior Wood 6-609, 17-291
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Pitt-Tech Plus 90-1110 @ 2 mils dft @ 50% relative humidity
90-1110 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 60 minutes 20 minutes 12 minutes
Dry through 4 hours 1 hour 40 minutes
Dry to recoat 6 hours 1.5 hours 1 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
90-1110 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Meets MPI Category #151, Interior W.B. Light Industrial Coating
Meets MPI Category #161, Light Industrial Coating, Interior W. B. Coating, Gloss,
MPI Gloss Level 3
Can help earn LEED 2009 credits
Performance offset to Federal Standard TT-E-2784 and Mil-P-28578
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes 90-1110 White and Pastel Base
90-1120 Midtone Base*
90-1130 Deeptone Base*
90-1140 Deep Rustic Base*
*Must be tinted
Refer to the appropriate color formula book, automatic tinting equipment, and/or
computer color matching system for color formulas and tinting instructions.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Pitt-Tech is a registered trademark of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
April 2013
Revision of March 2013
DESCRIPTION Int./Ext. Semi-Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS 100% Waterborne acrylic enamel
Excellent adhesion for true DTM performance
Easy to apply, low odor
Soap and water clean up
Improved color and gloss retention versus most alkyds and water based systems
Flash rust resistant
Washable, scrub resistant
COLOR AND GLOSS Semi-gloss
White, Custom Colors
* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially if
applied over primers with a significant color contrast.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 41% 3%
VOC 0.75 lbs/gal (90 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 4 mils; (50-100 microns)
Two coats are required for maximum protection
Theoretical Spread Rate 658 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mils
329 ft
2
/gal @ 2 mils
Components 1
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F, Intermittent 250F
* Discoloration will occur at high temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to
the application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application
and curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.
All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and
maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy
coatings require abrading prior to applying Pitt-Tech Plus. A test patch over
unknown coatings is recommended.
WARNING: Removal of old paint by sanding, scraping or other means may generate dust or fumes which
contain lead. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS,
ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN OR PREGNANT WOMEN. Controlling exposure to lead or other hazardous sub-
stances requires the use of proper protective equipment, such as a properly fitted and approved (e.g., NIOSH-
approved) respirator and proper containment and cleanup. For additional information, contact the
USEPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424-LEAD or the regional Health Canada office.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. For optimum
performance, blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher. Note that a primer and one or a minimum
of two coats must be used when on all bare metal substrates when using colors
made from Midtone, Deeptone, and Deep Rustic bases.
Non-ferrous metals Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner as per SSPC SP-1
and galvanizing requirements, then use a phosphatizing conversion coating. Alternately, power tool
clean to uniformly abrade the surface or lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to
produce a uniformand dense anchor profile of 1-2 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16.
Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coated
after power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfaces
that have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be abrasive blasted.
Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are not
completely removed.
90-1210 Series Pitt-Tech

Plus
page 1/3
Concrete / masonry Clean concrete surface, abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 or acid-etch in accordance
with ASTM D 4260. Fill concrete voids with Amercoat 965 or Amercoat 114A. Clean
masonry surfaces by ASTM D4261. Fill masonry block with recommended block
filler.
Wood Sand new bare wood to remove any surface contamination and surface cells.
Remove oil spots, sap or pitch by wiping with 97-727 thinner. Countersink all nails
and putty flush with the surface. Properly dispose of solvent rags to avoid sponta-
neous combustion hazard. A wood primer or a first coat of Pitt-Tech Plus may be
used to prime the surface. To recoat primed wood, remove all dirt, grease, or oil
with a cleaner. Rinse with clean water. Remove wax with a commercial de-waxer.
Sand loose paint to a tight, adherent surface.
Dry Wall Tape all joints, fill cracks and nail holes with patching, paste or spackle; sand smooth.
Remove all dust. Unsealed drywall will require at least 2 coats of Pitt-Tech Plus.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Relative humidity Relative humidity in excess of 85% will slow curing
General environmental conditions Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.
Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind
from affecting spray patterns. Avoid exterior painting late in the day or when dew or
condensation are likely to form or if rain is expected.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017" fluid tip
Air spray Standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. Atomization pressure of 50-70 psi
Brush & roll Use a high quality polyester / nylon brush and/or 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller. Ensure brush /
roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Not normally required. Thin up to 5% with clean water. Overthinning may result in
inadequate film thickness and subsequent pinpoint rusting.
Cleaning solvent Soap and water
Primers Concrete, masonry, Stucco, Plaster 4-603, 4-808, Amerlock Series (concrete)
CMU 4-100, Amerlock 400BF, 6-15, 16-90
Ferrous Metal self priming, 90-712, Metalhide 2000, 6-208, 7-852
Non-ferrous metals self priming, 90-712, 6-204, 6-208, 6-209
Drywall 6-2, 9-900, 17-291
Exterior Wood 6-609, 17-291
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Pitt-Tech Plus 90-1210 @ 2 mils dft @ 50% relative humidity
90-1210 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 60 minutes 20 minutes 12 minutes
Dry through 4 hours 1 hour 40 minutes
Dry to recoat 6 hours 1.5 hours 1 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
90-1210 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Meets MPI Category #153, Interior W.B. Light Industrial Coating
Meets MPI Category #163, Light Industrial Coating, Exterior W. B. Coating, Gloss,
MPI Gloss Level 5
Can help earn LEED 2009 credits
Performance offset to Federal Standard TT-E-2784 and Mil-P-28578
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes 90-1210 White and Pastel Base
90-1220 Midtone Base*
90-1230 Deeptone Base*
90-1240 Deep Rustic Base*
*Must be tinted
Refer to the appropriate color formula book, automatic tinting equipment, and/or
computer color matching system for color formulas and tinting instructions.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Pitt-Tech is a registered trademark of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
May 2013
Revision of April 2013
DESCRIPTION Int./Ext. Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS 100% Waterborne acrylic enamel
Excellent adhesion for true DTM performance
Easy to apply, low odor
Soap and water clean up
Improved color and gloss retention versus most alkyds and water based systems
Flash rust resistant
Washable, scrub resistant
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
White, Black, Safety Colors, Custom Colors
* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially if
applied over primers with a significant color contrast.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 41% 3%
VOC 0.75 lbs/gal (90 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 4 mils; (50 - 100 microns)
Two coats are required for maximum protection
Theoretical Spread Rate 654 ft
2
/gal @ 1 mil
327 ft
2
/gal @ 2 mils
Components 1
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F, Intermittent 250F
* Discoloration will occur at high temperatures.
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to
the application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application
and curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.
All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and
maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy
coatings require abrading prior to applying Pitt-Tech Plus. A test patch over un-
known coatings is recommended.
WARNING: Removal of old paint by sanding, scraping or other means may generate dust or fumes which
contain lead. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS,
ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN OR PREGNANT WOMEN. Controlling exposure to lead or other hazardous sub-
stances requires the use of proper protective equipment, such as a properly fitted and approved (e.g., NIOSH-
approved) respirator and proper containment and cleanup. For additional information, contact the
USEPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424-LEAD or the regional Health Canada office.
Steel Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.
Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2
requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. For optimum
performance, blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher. Note that a primer and / or a minimum of
two coats, must be used when on all bare metal substrates when using colors
made from Midtone, Deeptone, and Deep Rustic bases.
Non-ferrous metals Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner as per SSPC SP-1
and galvanizing requirements, then use a phosphatizing conversion coating. Alternately, power tool
clean to uniformly abrade the surface or lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to
produce a uniformand dense anchor profile of 1-2 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16.
Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coated
after power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfaces
that have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be abrasive blasted.
Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are not
completely removed.
90-1310 Series Pitt-Tech

Plus
page 1/3
Concrete / masonry Clean concrete surface, abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 or acid-etch in accordance
with ASTM D 4260. Fill concrete voids with Amercoat 965 or Amercoat 114A. Clean
masonry surfaces by ASTM D4261. Fill masonry block with Amerlock 400BF block
filler or PPG 4-100 acrylic block filler.
Wood Sand new bare wood to remove any surface contamination and surface cells.
Remove oil spots, sap or pitch by wiping with 97-737 thinner. Properly dispose of
solvent rags to avoid spontaneous combustion hazard. A wood primer or a first coat
of Pitt-Tech Plus may be used to prime the surface. To recoat primed wood, remove
all dirt, grease, or oil with a cleaner. Rinse with clean water. Remove wax with a
commercial de-waxer. Sand loose paint to a tight, adherent surface.
Dry Wall Tape all joints, fill cracks and nail holes with patching, paste or spackle; sand smooth.
Remove all dust. Unsealed drywall will require at least 2 coats of Pitt-Tech Plus.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Material temperatures 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Relative humidity Relative humidity in excess of 85% will slow curing
General environmental conditions Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.
Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind
from affecting spray patterns. Avoid exterior painting late in the day or when dew or
condensation are likely to form or if rain is expected.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017 fluid tip
Air spray Standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. Atomization pressure of 55-70 psi
Brush & roll Use a high quality polyester / nylon brush and/or 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller. Ensure brush /
roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build.
Thinner Not normally required. Thin up to 5% with clean water. Overthinning may result in
inadequate film thickness and subsequent pinpoint rusting.
Cleaning solvent Soap and water
Primers Concrete, Masonry, Stucco, Plaster 4-603, 4-808, Amerlock Series (concrete)
CMU 4-100, Amerlock 400BF, 6-15, 16-90
Ferrous Metal self priming, 90-712, Metalhide 2000, 6-208, 7-852, Amerlock 2/400,
Dimetcote 9 Series
Non-ferrous metals self priming, 90-712, 6-204, 6-208, 6-209
Drywall 6-2, 9-900, 17-921
Exterior Wood 6-609, 17-921
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
DRY/CURE TIMES Pitt-Tech Plus 90-1310 @ 2 mils dft @ 50% relative humidity
90-1310 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 60 minutes 20 minutes 12 minutes
Dry through 4 hours 1 hour 40 minutes
Dry to recoat 6 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
90-1310 Series Pitt-Tech Plus
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Meets MPI Category #154, Interior W.B. Light Industrial Coating
Meets MPI Category #164, Light Industrial Coating, Exterior W. B. Coating, Gloss,
MPI Gloss Level 6
Can help earn LEED 2009 credits
Performance offset to Federal Standard TT-E-2784 and Mil-P-28578
Meets the weathering test requirements of SSPC PS 24.00 6.4.1
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
Product codes 90-1306 Safety Red
90-1313 Safety Orange
90-1333 Safety Yellow
90-1353 Gloss Black
90-1310 White and Pastel Base
90-1320 Midtone Base*
90-1330 Deeptone Base*
90-1340 Deep Rustic Base*
*Must be tinted
Refer to the appropriate color formula book, automatic tinting equipment, and/or
computer color matching system for color formulas and tinting instructions.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Pitt-Tech is a registered trademark of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc..
October 2012
Revision of February 2012
DESCRIPTION Gloss Epoxy Acrylic Topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability
Outstanding weather resistance
VOC compliant
Hard, flexible, and abrasion resistant
Cures through a wide temperature range
Isocyanate free
Easily cleanable
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors
* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially if
applied over primers with a significant color contrast.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 56% 3%
VOC 3.2 lbs/gal (384 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 4 mils (50-100 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 898 ft
2
/gal
@ 2 mils dft 449 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to the ap-
plication instructions for specifc primers and intermediate coats for application and curing
procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. All previous
coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum topcoat
times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may require
abrading prior to applying Amercoat 229T.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Relative humidity 90% maximum
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustion
gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and ambering
of light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-
nize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes
until completely dispersed.
Pot life
AMERCOAT

229T
page 1/3
50F 70F 90F
8 hours 6 hours 3 hours
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice . A moisture and
oil trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4 or 3/8 nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be nec-
essary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be used
to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.
Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F), Amercoat 911
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 235, Amercoat
240
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES
Amercoat 229T @ 2 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Mil-PRF-24667 (Color topping qualified over Amercoat 138G non-skid)
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener
5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener
Product codes AT229-20 Haze Gray
AT229-23 Pearl Gray
AT229-265 F/S 36076
AT229-3 White
AT229-9 Black
AT229-T1 Deep Tint base*
AT229-T2 Light Tint base*
AT229-T3 Neutral Tint base*
AT229-T4 Red Tint base*
AT229-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*
AT229B Hardener component
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
AMERCOAT 229T
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 4 hours 2 hours 1 hours
Dry through 16 hours 8 hours 6 hours
Dry to recoat (minimum) 10 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 229T
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
November 2013
Revision of October 2013
DESCRIPTION Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability
Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention
VOC compliant
Hard, flexible, and abrasion resistant
Cures through a wide temperature range
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 67% 3%
VOC 2.6 lbs/gal (311 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 3 mils* (50 75 microns)
* Product is acceptable at higher film builds and may be applied up to 5 mils dry film thickness using multiple wet
passes. A flash off time may be required in some circumstances.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1074 ft
2
/gal
@ 2 mils dft 537 ft
2
/gal
* Film build of 4-5 mils may require two wet coats.
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to the
application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application and
curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. All
previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum
topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may
require abrading prior to applying Amercoat 450H.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventilation
during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray pat-
terns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed.
Pot life
AMERCOAT

450H
page 1/3
50F 70F 90F
6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Can be applied with plural component equipment
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be
used to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.
Thinner Amercoat 923, Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinner
Primers Amercoat 235, Amercoat 240, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370,
Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399, Amerlock 2/400, Pittguard Epoxies
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 450H @ 2 mils dft
Amercoat 450H with 866M Accelerator @ 2 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
SSPC Paint 36 Level 3
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener
5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener
Product codes AT 45H-23 Pearl Gray base
AT 45H-3 White base
AT 45H-9 Black base
AT 45H-T1 Deep tint base *
AT 45H-T2 Light tint base *
AT 45H-T3 Neutral tint base *
AT 45H-T4 Red tint base *
AT 45H-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base *
AT 45H-71 Safety Red base
AT 45H-81 Safety Yellow base
AT 45H-B Hardener component
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
AMERCOAT 450H
page 2/3
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 4 hours 90 minutes 45 minutes 20 minutes
Dry through 72 hours 24 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Dry to recoat 24 hours 12 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 75 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes
Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 8 hours 2.5 hours 1.75 hours
Dry to recoat 32 hours 16 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 450H
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of March 2012
DESCRIPTION Semi-Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Semi-gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability
Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention
VOC compliant
Hard, flexible, and abrasion resistant
Cures through a wide temperature range
COLOR* AND GLOSS Semi-gloss (45-65)
Custom Colors
* Certain colors (especially yellow, orange and red) may require additional coats to achieve adequate hiding,
particularly when applied over dark or contrasting primer colors. Yellow, red, and other bright colors will typically
fade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments with lead-free pigments in these
colors.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 65% 3%
VOC 2.2 lbs/gal (264 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2-5 mils (50-125 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1043 ft
2
/gal
@ 2 mils dft 521 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to the
application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application and
curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. All
previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum
topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may
require abrading prior to applying Amercoat 450H.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 20F to 120F (-6C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed.
Pot life
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Can be applied with plural component equipment
AMERCOAT

450HSG
page 1/3
50F 70F 90F
6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be nec-
essary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be used
to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application. Multiple coats may be
required to achieve proper film build and hiding with roller application.
Thinner Amercoat 923, Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinner
Primers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399,
Amerlock 2/400, Pittguard Epoxies
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 450HSG @ 2 mils dft
Amercoat 450HSG with 866M Accelerator @ 2 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener
5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener
Product codes AT 45SG-3 White base
AT 45SG-9 Black base
AT 45SG-T1 Deep tint base
AT 45SG-T2 Light tint base
AT 45SG-T3 Neutral tint base
AT 45SG-T4 Red tint base
AT 45SG-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base
AT 45SS-B Hardener component
AMERCOAT 450HSG
page 2/3
32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 4 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 18 hours 6 hours
Dry to recoat 24 hours 12 hours 4 hours 2 hours
Maximum recoat Unlimited
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 75 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes
Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 8 hours 2.5 hours 1.75 hours
Dry to recoat 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Maximum recoat Unlimited
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 450HSG
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of March 2012
DESCRIPTION Gloss Alkyd Enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Durable interior/exterior finish
Performance Offset to Federal Standard TT-E-489, TT-E-505, and TT-E-506
Qualified to IMO (SOLAS) FTP Code Annex 1, Parts 2 and 5
COLOR AND GLOSS Standard and Rapid Tint Colors, Safety Colors available
Gloss
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 57% 3%
VOC 2.77 lbs/gal (332 g/L) (EPA Method 24)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2.0 3.0 mils (50 75 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 2 mils 450 ft
2
/gal
Components 1
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION All surfaces must be dry and free of surface contaminants. Clean using Prep 88
Cleaner
Mild Steel Clean by power tool cleaning per SSPC SP-3, sweep blasting per SSPC SP-7, or
commercial blasting to SSPC SP-6. Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-2.0 mils. Prime
with alkyd or an epoxy primer. Use epoxy primers for heavy blast profiles and heavily
rusted steel or use multiple coats of alkyd steel primers.
Stainless Steel Uniformly abrade the surface to achieve a uniform and dense 1.0 mil (minimum)
profile. Prime with an epoxy primer.
Concrete Prepare the surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 standards. Prime using an
epoxy primer. Apply 5420 over the epoxy primer within the stated recoatable window.
Galvanized Steel Solvent clean per SSPC SP-1 to remove grease and oils. Sweep blast as per
SSPC SP-7 or treat with a chemical treatment such as Galvaprep SG

or equiva-
lent Prime with epoxy primer or 6-209.
Non-ferrous metals Clean and uniformly abrade the surface to achieve a uniform and dense 1.0 mil
(minimum) profile.
Aged coatings Ensure the existing coating is sound and well adhered. Clean and lightly abrade the
surface. Apply a test patch to confirm compatibility and adhesion. Please refer to
Information Bulletin #1437 for further information.
Repair Clean the surface of any contaminants. Prepare damaged areas to original surface
preparation specifications, feathering edges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove
dust or abrasive residue before touch-up
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 50F to 110F (10C to 43C)
Material temperatures 50F to 90F (10C to 27C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature Surface temperature must be at least 5 F above the dew point temperature. Maximum
130F unless a lower maximum is specified
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-
tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray
patterns.
AMERCOAT

5420
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mix with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize the container. Mix
at slower speeds to avoid whipping air into the paint.
Airless spray 33:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017 fluid tip, 1500-2,000 psi
Air spray Thin up to 25%, standard conventional equipment, Fluid pressure 20 psi, atomizing
pressure 35-40 psi. Adjust as necessary depending on specific equipment and conditions.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, short nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment.
Thinner Amercoat 15 Thinner or Mineral Spirits
Cleaning solvent 12 Cleaner
Primers Amercoat 5105, Amercoat One, Amercoat 235, Amercoat 185H, Amerlock 2/400, others
possible.
Note: Amercoat 5420 must be applied over epoxy primers within 3 times the dry through time of the epoxy or the
surface must be uniformly abraded.
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see relevant material safety data sheets.
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES @ 2 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS IMO SOLAS FTP Code when used with Amercoat 185H primer
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon units
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
AMERCOAT 5420
page 2/3
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Dry through 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
Dry to recoat* 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
AMERCOAT 5420
page 3/3
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of April 2012
DESCRIPTION Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high-solids, high build coatings
Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention
VOC compliant
Tough, flexible, and abrasion resistant finish
Good chemical and stain resistance
Direct to metal and concrete in protected environments
SSPC SP 36 Level 3
COLOR* AND GLOSS Gloss
Custom Colors
* Certain colors (especially yellow, orange and red) may require additional coats to achieve adequate hiding,
particularly when applied over dark or contrasting primer colors. Yellow, red, and other bright colors will typically
fade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments with lead-free pigments in these
colors.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 73% 3%
VOC* 2.2 lbs/gal (264 g/L)
* For compliance with regulations which require < 100 g/L, Amershield VOC can be specified interchangeably
Recommended
Dry film thickness 3-6 mils per coat (75-150 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1171 ft
2
/gal
@ 5 mils dft 234 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to
the application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application
and curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.
All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and
maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy
coatings may require abrading prior to applying Amershield.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mils surface profile
Aluminum Lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive
Concrete / Masonry See specific primer
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
With Amercoat 866M Accelerator
32F to 100F (0C to 36C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Material temperatures With Amercoat 866M Accelerator
40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature Amershield
40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
With Amercoat 866M Accelerator
32F to 100F (0C to 36C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
AMERSHIELD

page 1/3
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed
Pot life
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Can be applied with plural component equipment
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be
used to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application. Multiple coats
may be required to achieve proper film build and hiding with roller application.
Thinner Amercoat 923, Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90 F),
Amercoat 911
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)
Primers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399,
Amerlock 2/400, Pittguard Epoxies, Amercoat 435, Amercoat 256
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES Amershield @ 5 mils dft
Amershield with 866M Accelerator @ 5 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
Nuclear Service Level 2
NFPA Class A Flame Spread
AMERSHIELD
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Amershield 5 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours
Amershield with
866M accelerator
2 hours 1 hours 30 minutes
page 2/3
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour
Dry through 5 days 72 hours 10 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat 72 hours 48 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Maximum recoat 168 hours 168 hours 96 hours 12 hours
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 75 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes
Dry through 16 hours 10 hours 6 hours 3 hours 2 hours
Dry to recoat 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
Maximum recoat 96 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
page 3/3
AMERSHIELD
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener
5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener
Product codes AM -3 White base
AM -9 Black base
AM -T1 Deep Tint base*
AM -T2 Light Tint base*
AM -T3 Neutral Tint base*
AM -T4 Red Tint base*
AM -T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*
AM -71 Safety Red base
AM-81 Safety Yellow base
AM-23 Pearl Gray base
AM -B Hardener (Part B)
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amershield is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
October 2012
Revision of April 2012
DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high-solids, high build coatings
Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention
Tough, flexible, and abrasion resistant finish
Good chemical and stain resistance
Direct to metal and concrete in protected environments
Compliant with California SCAQMD Rule 1113
COLOR AND GLOSS Custom Colors
Gloss
* Certain colors ( especially yellow, orange and red) may require additional coats to achieve adequate hiding,
particularly when applied over dark or contrasting primer colors. Yellow, red, and other bright colors will typically
fade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments with lead-free pigments in these
colors.
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 73% 3%
VOC 0.7 lbs/gal (84 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 3 6 mils (75 150 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1171 ft
2
/ gallon
@ 5 mils dft 234 ft
2
/ gallon
Components 2
Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous 200F Intermittent 250F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)
* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.
Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to
the application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application
and curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to
overcoating. All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all
minimum and maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats.
Aged epoxy coatings may require abrading prior to applying Amershield.
Steel Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.
Non-ferrous metals and
stainless steel- Lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16
guidelines
Concrete / Masonry see specific primer
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
With Amercoat 866M Accelerator 32F to 100F (0C to 36C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature 40F to 120F (5C to 49C)
With Amercoat 866M Accelerator 32F to 100F (0C to 36C)
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns.
AMERSHIELD

VOC
page 1/3
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to
homogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2
minutes until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015 fluid tip
Can be applied with plural component equipment
Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be
used to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application. (use of 851
additive at greater than 2.5 oz/gal will increase the VOC to > 100 g/L.) Multiple coats
may be required to achieve proper film build and hiding with roller application.
Thinner PPG 97-739 (exempt), Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90F),
Amercoat 911
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12, 12E, or 12V Cleaner, 97-739, Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 65 thinner
(xylene)
Primers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68HS VOC, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385,
Amercoat 399, Amerlock -series
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Amershield VOC @ 5 mils dft
Amershield VOC with 866M Accelerator @ 5 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements
AMERSHIELD VOC
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Amershield VOC 5 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours
Amershield VOC
with 866M accelerator
2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes
page 2/3
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour
Dry through 96 hours 72 hours 10 hours 5 hours
Dry to recoat 72 hours 48 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Maximum recoat 168 hours 168 hours 96 hours 12 hours
20F 32F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 75 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes
Dry through 16 hours 10 hours 6 hours 3 hours 2 hours
Dry to recoat 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
Maximum recoat 96 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
page 3/3
AMERSHIELD VOC
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener
5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener
Product codes AMV-3 White base
AMV-9 Black base
AMV-T1 Deep tint base*
AMV-T2 Light tint base*
AMV-T3 Neutral tint base*
AMV-T4 Red tint base*
AMV-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base*
AMV-71 Safety Red base
AMV-81 Safety Yellow base
AMV-23 Pearl Gray base
AM-B Hardener component
* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amershield is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
June 2014
Revision of April 2013
DESCRIPTION DTM Urethane Mastic
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Direct-to-Metal Application, including tightly adhering rust
Low VOC
Superior gloss and color retention
Easy to mix and apply by air or airless spray, brush, or roller
Infinite color capability
Surpasses SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 requirements
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 65% 3%
VOC 2.01 lbs/gal (241 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 3 5 mils (75 125 microns)
* Certain colors may be offered for specifications which require 4-6 mils dry film thickness. Please contact your
PPG representative for details.
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,044 ft
2
/gal
@ 4 mils dft 261 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Ensure
epoxies are free from amine blush prior to over-coating. All previous coats must dry
and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum topcoat times for
specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may require abrading
prior to applying Durethane DTM.
WARNING: Removal of old paint by sanding, scraping or other means may generate dust or fumes which
contain lead. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS,
ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN OR PREGNANT WOMEN. Controlling exposure to lead or other hazardous sub-
stances requires the use of proper protective equipment, such as a properly fitted and approved (e.g., NIOSH-
approved) respirator and proper containment and cleanup. For additional information, contact the
USEPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424-LEAD or the regional Health Canada office.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Remove all surface
contaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-6 or SP-10 cleanliness for
optimum performance. Achieve a surface profile of 1.5-3.0 mils. For maintenance and
repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied over surfaces prepared in
accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and power tool cleaning). Apply
an epoxy or zinc rich primer for aggressive service environments.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or lai-
tance. Use a suitable epoxy to prime the concrete. Refer to primer data sheet for
further surface preparation details.
Non-ferrous metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and
dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Apply an epoxy primer for aggressive service
environments.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchor
profile of 1.5-3.0 mils. Apply an epoxy primer for aggressive service environments.
95-3300 Durethane

DTM
page 1/4
Aged Coatings and Repairs Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic coat-
ings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is recommended.
Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with
SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings.
Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered,
in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel in
accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 40F to 100F (5C to 38C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 85% maximum
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above the dew point temperature.
Surface temperature 40F to 130F (5C to 54C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Protect from moisture until dry through time is reached.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE*
Mixing Mixing ratio by volume 5 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until
completely dispersed.
Pot life
Airless spray 28:1 pump or larger (1,500- 2,500 psi at the tip), 0.013-0.015" fluid tip, thin up to 10%
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.
Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be
necessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be
used to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.
Thinner 97-739 (to maintain less than 250 g/L), 97-735 (normal brush, roll, or spray), 97-730 or
97-727 (spray), 97-734 (brush and roll), use 97-736 with 97-735 for increased conductivity
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinner
Primers* 97-145, 97-946, 97-680, 97-670, Durethane MCZ, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ,
Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amerlock 2/400
* A minimum application of 4 mils dry film thickness is recommended over zinc primers. 2 coats may be required
to achieve proper thickness.
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DANGER: Rags, steel wool or waste soaked with this product may spontaneously catch fire if improperly
discarded. Immediately after use, place rags, steel wool or waste in a sealed water-filled metal container. Refer to
www.pittsburghpaints.com, Spontaneous Combustion Advisory for additional information.
95-3300 Durethane DTM
page 2/4
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Normal 5 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours
Accelerated 1.5 hours 1 hour 30 minutes
page 3/4
95-3300 Durethane DTM
DRY/CURE TIMES* Durethane DTM @ 3 mils dft
Durethane DTM with 97-722 Accelerator (6 oz per mixed gallon), 3 mils dft
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Surpasses SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 Requirements
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes 95-3300 Neutral Base*
95-3301 White Base*
95-3302 Yellow Base*
95-3303 Red Base*
95-3314 Black**
95-339 Hardener (B component)
*Tintable with PERFORMACOLOR 4257-line tints
**Do not tint
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
40F 50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 1 hour < 1 hour < 1 hour 15 minutes
Dry through 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour < 1 hour
Dry to recoat When dry through
Maximum recoat Unlimited when clean
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Dry through 18 hours 9 hours 4 hours
Dry to recoat When dry through
Maximum recoat Unlimited when clean
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
95-3300 Durethane DTM
page 4/4
Durethane is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
April 2014
Revision of March 2014
DESCRIPTION Gloss aliphatic polyaspartic topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention
Low VOC, High Solids, Rapid Cure
Can be applied as a single coat, direct-to-metal system at 6-10 mils for moderately
corrosive environments (ISO 12944 C1-C3)
Cures through a wide temperature range
Hard, flexible, and abrasion resistant
COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss
Standard Color Offering, Custom Colors
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 78% 3%
VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness* 4-10 mils per coat (100-250 microns)
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1251 ft
2
/gal
@ 4 mils dft 313 ft
2
/gal
@ 10 mils dft 125 ft
2
/gal
Components 2
Shelf Life 1 years from date of manufacture
* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100F
SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Ensure
epoxies are free from amine blush prior to over-coating. All previous coats must be
dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum topcoat times for
specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may require abrading
prior to applying Flexset TCX.
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Remove all surface
contaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to a SSPC SP-6 or SP-10 cleanliness for
optimum performance. Achieve a surface profile of 1.5-3.0 mils. Apply an epoxy or
zinc rich primer for aggressive service environments.
Concrete Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.
Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or
laitance. Use a suitable epoxy to prime the concrete. Refer to primer data sheet
for further surface preparation details.
Non-Ferrous Metals Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform and dense
1.5-3.0 mil anchor profile. Apply an epoxy primer for aggressive service environments.
Stainless Steel Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC-SP16 with a hard angular abrasive to
achieve a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1.5-3.0 mils. Apply an epoxy primer
for aggressive service environments.
Aged Coatings Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic
coatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is
recommended. Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in
accordance with SSPC SP-7.
Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings. Please refer to
Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered, intact coatings
at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel in accordance
with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service). Spot prime with an epoxy primer.
FLEXSET TCX
page 1/3
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures* 20F to 120F (-7C to 49C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 40% - 80%
Surface temperature must be at least 5F above dew point temperature.
Surface temperature 20F to 120F (-7C to 49C)
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good
ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting
spray patterns. Protect from moisture until dry through time is reached.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener
Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize
the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes
until completely dispersed.
Pot life
Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger (1,500 - 2,500 psi at the tip), 0.013-0.017" fluid tip, thin up to 10%.
Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070 fluid orifice. A moisture and oil
trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination
Brush & roll Brush and roll application should be limited to small touch up repair areas. Use a high
quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller. Ensure
brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to
achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be used to for
enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.
Thinner Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 923
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinner
Primers* Amercoat 68HS, Amerlock 2/400, Amerlock Sealer, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 68MCZ,
Amercoat 385, Dimetcote 9-series, other PPG primers are suitable.
* A minimum application of 4 mils dry film thickness is recommended over zinc primers.
Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES* Flexset TCX @ 5 mils dft
* If maximum recoat window is exceeded, clean and abrade the surface to uniformly de-gloss prior
to overcoating. Alternatively, treat with Prep 88 Cleaner or Amerase in accordance with the data
sheet instructions.
Flexset TCX
page 2/3
Temperature 50F 70F 90F
Normal 2 hours 1 hour 45 minutes
50F 70F 90F
Dry to touch 45 minutes 35 minutes 30 minutes
Dry through 3 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
Dry to recoat* When dry through
Maximum recoat 40 days 30 days 15 days
page 3/3
Flexset TCX
PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS Surpasses SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 Requirements
AVAILABILITY
Packaging Available in 2 gallon and 5 gallon kits
Product codes ATX11002 White Base
ATX11003 Hardener
ATX1303-3 White 9003 Base
ATX1303-9 Black Base
ATX1303-T1 Deep Tint Base
ATX1303-T2 Light Tint Base
ATX1303-T3 Neutral Base
* Tint only with UCD Super V line.
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Flexset is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
October 2012
Revision of June 2012
DESCRIPTION High Temperature Self Cure, Inorganic Topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Outstanding solvent, temperature, and radiation resistance
Resistant to dry temperature up to 1000F
No force cure required
High solids, VOC compliant
Temperature Resistance
* Total system dry film thickness must not exceed 6 mils
COLOR* AND GLOSS Pearl Gray
Flat
* Note: Color is approximate and will be subject to some degree of drift over time
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 63% 3%
VOC 1.3 lbs/gal (371 g/L)
Recommended
Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 6 mils per coat (50 150 microns)
1 coat
Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1010 ft
2
/ gal
Components 1
Shelf Life* 1 year from date of manufacture
* When stored indoors in the original, unopened containers
SURFACE PREPARATION
Steel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in
accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease
in accordance with SSPC SP-1.
Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.
Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-2.5 mils. Apply Dimetcote 9-series primer as soon
as possible to avoid rusting of blasted surfaces.
Stainless Steel Not recommended
Inorganic Zinc Surfaces Surface must be clean, dry and free of zinc salts.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Ambient temperatures 0F to 100F (-18C to 37C)
Material temperatures 40F to 90F (5C to 32C)
Relative humidity 40 80%
Surface temperature 0F to 130F (-18C to 54C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5F above the
dew point temperatures.
General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Provide shelter to
prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.
AMERCOAT

741
page 1/3
First coat Second Coat Temperature Resistance
Dimetcote 9-series
2.5 4.0 mils
741
3.0 6.0 mils
500F
Dimetcote 9-series
2.0 3.0 mils
741
3.0 4.0 mils
750F
Dimetcote 9-series
2.0 3.0 mils
741
2.0 3.5 mils
1200F*
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing Mix with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize the container.
Continuously agitate throughout application.
Conventional air spray Use standard conventional spray guns with a 1.8-2.2 mm nozzle orifice. 30 - 45 psi fluid
pressure. An agitated pressure pot is required. Separate air and fluid regulators are es-
sential. Ensure there is a moisture and oil trap in the main air line.
Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush. Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-
ment. Brush application is limited to small touch up areas of a few square inches. Roller
application is not recommended for service temperatures exceeding 500F. Use a well
loaded, solvent resistant, short nap roller
Thinner Amercoat 65 or Amercoat 101 (to reduce dry spray)
Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner
Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material
safety data sheets
This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist
or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.
DRY/CURE TIMES At 50% relative humidity and 3 mils
AVAILABILITY
Packaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits
Product codes AT741-23 Amercoat 741 Pearl Gray
Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product
on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply
with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative product
data sheet is used.
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specifications for such product in
effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMA COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED
BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery
of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein
shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
AMERCOAT 741
page 2/3
Temperature F/C 40/5 50/10 70/21 90/32
Dry through (hrs) 36 24 12 8
Maximum recoat
Recoatable if clean and dry. Remove any dry spray and
solvent wipe. Lightly abrade if surface appears glazed.
page 3/3
AMERCOAT 741
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.
PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,
or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it
is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of
the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or
the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,
changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to
using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.
DESCRIPTION
One-component, heat-resistant silicone acrylic topcoat for use in an elevated temperature coating system.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Heat-resistant silicone acrylic topcoat with highly engineered silicone resin; a thermally stable acrylic resin and inorganic pigments
Superior color stability to 426C (800F) for black and aluminum other colors to 260C (500F)
Air dries rapidly
Excellent spray properties and resistant to cobwebbing
User-friendly system with excellent brush and roller application characteristics
Excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed surfaces
No softening in thermal cyclic service
Note: Use PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS topcoat for PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Standard and custom colors, including aluminum
Semi-gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/5
Number of components One
Mass density 1.4 kg/l (11.4 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 44% 2% (Aluminum: 33% 2%)
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 292 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 426C (800F)
Color stability standard and custom colors To 260C (500F)
Color stability black and aluminum To 426C (800F)
Recommended dry-lm thickness 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
8.8 m/l for 50 m (353 ft/US gallon for 2.0 mils) DFT;
Aluminum: 6.6 m/l for 50 m (265 ft/US gallon for 2.0 mils) DFT
Dry to touch
B
30 minutes
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V
(AMERCOAT 874 HS)
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 2/5
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
For corrosion-resistant service, use of an approved corrosion- resistant primer under the PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat is necessary.
Approved corrosion-resistant primers include the following: DIMETCOTE 9 / SIGMAZINC 9, PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN,
Other primers approved by PPG
Prepare the surface and apply the primer in accordance with the Product Data Sheet for the approved primer.
Allow appropriate drying time. Apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion-resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast-clean
to SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa2) condition with a prole of 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) or pressure wash to
an equivalent of a SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa2) condition. Surfaces to be coated must be free of salts, weld
splatter, oil, dirt, grease and all other contaminants. Apply two coats of PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat at 50 to 63 m
(2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT per coat for a total of 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in good condition
If the old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash the surface
to remove all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat at 50 to 63 m
(2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
Note: Prior to application of the PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for
adhesion
Substrate temperature
Should be above 10C (50F) and below 49C (120F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
Approved primer (refer to primer Product Data Sheet for DFT)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry-lm thickness
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is normally not required. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with
applicable regulations.
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V
(AMERCOAT 874 HS)
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/5
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
05%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.82.2 mm (approx. 0.0710.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.40.6 MPa (approx. 4.15.5 bar; 6080 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
05%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.430.53 mm (approx. 0.0170.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3,000 p.s.i.)
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% can be added if desired
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate method. The
coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V
(AMERCOAT 874 HS)
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/5
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: When shipping and handling equipment coated with PPG HI-TEMP 500 V follow industry standard procedures for thin-lm
coatings. Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However, slight
modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances, an alternative Product Data Sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
Curing time for DFT up to 63 m (2.5 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to overcoat Dry to handle
10C (50F)
21C (70F)
32C (90F )
49C (120F)
2 hours
30 minutes
20 minutes
15 minutes
8 hours
6 hours
4 hours
2 hours
48 hours
24 hours
24 hours
12 hours
Spreading rate and lm thickness Aluminum
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
6.6 m/l (265 ft/US gal)
5.2 m/l (212 ft/US gal)
Spreading rate and lm thickness Black and Colors
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
8.8 m/l (353 ft/US gal)
7.0 m/l (282 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V
(AMERCOAT 874 HS)
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/5
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. AMERCOAT and DIMETCOTE are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP
and PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of PPG Coatings Europe B.V. SIGMAZINC is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V
(AMERCOAT 874 HS)
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One-component, heat-resistant silicone acrylic topcoat primarily for application to hot surfaces over the PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Heat-resistant silicone acrylic topcoat with highly engineered silicone resin; a thermally stable acrylic resin and inorganic pigments
Superior color stability to 426C (800F) for black and aluminum other colors to 260C (500F)
Can be applied to hot substrates, ranging from 66C to 204C (150F to 400F)
Excellent spray properties and resistant to cobwebbing
User-friendly system with excellent brush and roller application characteristics
Excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed surfaces
No softening in thermal cyclic service
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Standard and custom colors, including aluminum
Semi-gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/5
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.4 kg/l (11.4 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 38% 2% (Aluminum: 33% 2%)
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 295 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 426C (800F)
Color stability standard and custom colors To 260C (500F)
Color stability black and aluminum To 426C (800F)
Recommended dry-lm thickness 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
7.6 m
2
/l for 50 m (305 ft
2
/US gal for 2.0 mils) DFT;
Aluminum: 6.6 m
2
/l for 50 m (265 ft
2
/US gal for 2.0 mils) DFT
Dry to overcoat/touch-up
B
2 hours at 66C (150F) and 15 minutes at 177C (350F)
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/5
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
For corrosion-resistant service, use of an approved corrosion-resistant primer is necessary. The PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer,
which can also be applied to hot surfaces, is recommended and should be applied in accordance with its Product Data
Sheet. If necessary, consult a PPG representative for alternative and approved primers. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply
one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion- resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast-clean
to SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa-2) condition with a prole of 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) or pressure wash to
an equivalent of a SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa-2) condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts,
weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease and all other contaminants. Apply two coats of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA topcoat at 50 to 63 m
(2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT per coat for a total of 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in good condition
If the old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash the surface
to remove all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA topcoat at 50 to 63 m
(2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in poor condition or with some localized corrosion
If the old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines
for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination just small areas of corrosion (less than 10%
of the area to be coated) power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry,
perform surface preparation and apply PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer in accordance with the Product Data Sheet on all areas
where the existing paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT over the entire surface.
Note: Prior to application of the PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA topcoat over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test
for adhesion
Substrate temperature
Hot surface application from 66C to 204C (150F to 400F)
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry-lm thickness
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is normally not required. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with
applicable regulations.
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/5
INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPLICATION TO HOT STEEL
Do not apply at substrate temperatures below 66C (150F) or above 204C (400F).
Apply thin passes of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA topcoat during an application to hot steel. This helps the solvent to escape
the coating without leaving pinholes behind. This application is similar to mist coating.
Do not apply a heavy coat to a hot surface or blistering will occur. If this happens, immediately take a brush (use wood
handled brushes with China bristles only do not use a brush with synthetic bristles) and brush out the blister before it sets.
Application to hot surfaces can result in dry spray. To avoid dry spray, apply coatings without reaching.
Note: Do not thin with any other solvent other than those recommended below. A re hazard could occur if using a different
solvent. Dry spray and poor lm characteristics may also occur.
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
05%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.82.2 mm (approx. 0.0710.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.40.6 MPa (approx. 4.15.5 bar; 6080 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
05%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.430.53 mm (approx. 0.0170.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3,000 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/5
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% can be added if desired
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate application
method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller. Brushing and rolling in one direction may help
in building lm thickness.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
ADDITIONAL DATA
Curing time for DFT up to 63 m (2.5 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to overcoat/touch-up
66C (150F)
121C (250F)
177C (350F)
2 hours
30 minutes
15 minutes
Spreading rate and lm thickness Aluminum
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
6.6 m/l (265 ft/US gal)
5.2 m/l (212 ft/US gal)
Spreading rate and lm thickness Black and Colors
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
7.6 m/l (305 ft/US gal)
6.0 m/l (244 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/5
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However, slight
modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances, an alternative Product Data Sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark and Bringing innovation to the surface. is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP and PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of
PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of May 10, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One-component, heat-resistant silicone acrylic topcoat primarily for the PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer or the PPG HI-TEMP 222 G
primer.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Heat-resistant silicone acrylic topcoat with highly engineered silicone resin; a thermally stable acrylic resin and inorganic pigments
Superior color stability to 426C (800F) for black and aluminum other colors to 260C (500F)
Can be applied to hot substrates, ranging from 10C to 149C (50F to 300F)
Air dries rapidly
Excellent spray properties and resistant to cobwebbing
User-friendly coating with excellent brush and roller application characteristics
Excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over the PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer, PPG HI-TEMP 222 G primer,
Inorganic Zinc (IOZ) or other approved primers
No softening in thermal cyclic service
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Standard and custom colors, including aluminum
Semi-gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/5
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.4 kg/l (11.4 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 44% 2% (Aluminum: 33% 2%)
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 295 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 426C (800F)
Color stability standard and custom colors To 260C (500F)
Color stability black and aluminum To 426C (800F)
Recommended dry-lm thickness 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
8.8 m
2
/l for 50 m (353 ft
2
/US gal for 2.0 mils) DFT;
Aluminum: 6.6 m
2
/l for 50 m (265 ft
2
/US gal for 2.0 mils) DFT
Dry to touch
B
1 hour
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/5
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
For corrosion-resistant service, use of an approved corrosion-resistant primer is necessary. Surfaces to be coated with the
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer, PPG HI-TEMP 222 G primer, or Inorganic Zinc (IOZ) must be prepared and primed in
accordance with the appropriate Product Data Sheet. Consult a PPG representative for alternative and approved primers,
and, if approved, prepare the surface and apply the primer in accordance with the Product Data Sheet for the approved
primer. Allow appropriate drying time. Apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion- resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast-clean
to SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa2) with a prole of 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils), or pressure wash to an equivalent
of SSPC-SP 6 (ISO-Sa2) condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil dirt, grease and all
other contaminants. Apply two coats of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
DFT for a total of 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in good condition
If the old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove
all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in poor condition or with some localized corrosion
If the old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines
for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination just small areas of corrosion (less than 10%
of the area to be coated) power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry,
perform surface preparation and apply PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer in accordance with the Product Data Sheet on all areas
where the existing paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS
topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT over the entire surface.
Note: Prior to application of the PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for adhesion
Substrate temperature
Should be above 10C (50F) and below 149C (300F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
Option 1
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Option 2
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Option 3
Inorganic Zinc (IOZ) or other approved primer (refer to respective Product Data Sheet for DFT)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/5
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is normally not required. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance
with applicable regulations.
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry-lm thickness
Air spray
Recommended thinner
Application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F):
- THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
- THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrates 66C to 149C (150F to 300F):
- THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
05%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.82.2 mm (approx. 0.0710.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.40.6 MPa (approx. 4.15.5 bar; 6080 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
Application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F):
- THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
- THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrates 66C to 149C (150F to 300F):
- THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
05%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.430.53 mm (approx. 0.0170.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3,000 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/5
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% of the thinners listed below can be added if desired
Application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F):
- THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
- THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrates 66C to 149C (150F to 300F):
- THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate method. The
coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: When shipping and handling equipment coated with PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS follow procedures for thin-lm coatings.
Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
Curing time for DFT up to 63 m (2.5 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to overcoat Dry to handle
10C (50.0F)
21C (70.0F)
32C (90.0F)
66C (150F)
2 hours
1 hour
30 minutes
15 minutes
10 hours
8 hours
6 hours
4 hours
48 hours
24 hours
24 hours
12 hours
Spreading rate and lm thickness Aluminum
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
6.6 m/l (265 ft/US gal)
5.2 m/l (212 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Spreading rate and lm thickness Black and Colors
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
8.8 m/l (353 ft/US gal)
7.0 m/l (282 ft/US gal)
Page 5/5
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However, slight
modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances, an alternative Product Data Sheets is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. and AMERCOAT are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP and
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
Heat-resistant modied silicone acrylic zinc primer for application in an elevated temperature coating system. Used primarily as
the primer in a system with the PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Formulated to withstand severe thermal cycling to 316C (600F)
Ambient temperature cure primer, with excellent weathering and corrosion resistance
Ideal heat resistant primer where time is a priority and one needs to topcoat quickly
Ideal primer for the PPG HI-TEMP 500 V topcoat
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Gray
Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA - Overcoating intervals
Page 1/4
PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Data for mixed product
Number of components Two
Mass density 1.4 kg/l (11.5 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 32% 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 270 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 316C (600F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Theoretical spreading rate
A
6.4 m
2
/l for 50 m (256 ft
2
/US gal for 2.0 mils)
Dry to touch
B
30 minutes
Dry to overcoat 2 hours
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 1 year when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/4
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
All surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of all chlorides, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease and all other contaminants.
Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Abrasive blast to an SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa2). Blast prole
should be 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) in depth. If abrasive blasting is not permitted, prepare according to SSPC-SP 11
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal (ISO-St2) with a minimum of a 25 m (1 mil) prole.
Substrate temperature
Should be above 10C (50F) and below 49C (120F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 V: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry lm thickness
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN is a two component coating system. First, mix the base liquid with a paddle or mechanical agitation. Next,
sift the zinc dust into the liquid base using mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix until uniform in consistency. Thinning is not
normally needed. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with applicable regulations.
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/4
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.43 0.53 mm (approx. 0.017 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: When shipping and handling equipment coated with PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN primer follow procedures for thin lm coatings.
Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
Curing time for DFT up to 63 m (2.5 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to overcoat Dry to handle
21C (70.0F) 30 minutes 2 hours 24 hours
Spreading rate and lm thickness
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
6.4 m/l (256 ft/US gal)
5.1 m/l (205 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/4
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. and AMERCOAT are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP is a
trademark of PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One component heat resistant silicone topcoat for use in an elevated temperature coating system.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Heat resistant topcoat with highly engineered silicone resin; able to withstand severe thermal cycling to 650C (1200F)
Superior color stability to 650C (1200F) for black and aluminum other colors to 538C (1000F)
Air dries rapidly
Excellent spray application properties
User-friendly system with excellent brush and roller application characteristics
Excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed surfaces
No softening in thermal cyclic service
When used as a sealer for thermal spray aluminum (TSA), PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V 300 white must be applied
Note: Use PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS for topcoating PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Standard and custom colors, including aluminum
Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/5
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V
(AMERCOAT 873)
June 20, 2014
Revision of February 29, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.3 kg/l (11.0 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 34% 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 302 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 650C (1200F)
Color stability standard and custom colors To 538C (1000F)
Color stability black and aluminum To 650C (1200F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
8.9 m
2
/l for 38 m (363 ft
2
/US gal for 1.5 mils)
Dry to touch
B
30 minutes
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/5
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer under the PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V topcoat is
necessary. Approved corrosion-resistant primers include the following: DIMETCOTE 9 / SIGMAZINC 9, PPG HI-TEMP 600 ZN,
Other primers approved by PPG
Prepare the surface and apply the primer in accordance with the product data sheet for the approved primer. Allow
appropriate drying time. Apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V at 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils) DFT.
For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast
clean to SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast (ISO-Sa 2) with prole of 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) or pressure wash to an
equivalent of an SSPC-SP 10 (ISO Sa-2) condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil,
dirt, grease, and all other contaminants. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Apply two coats of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V
at 38 to 50 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) DFT per coat for a total of 75 to 100 m (3.0 to 4.0 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in good condition
If old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove
all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V at 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils) DFT.
Note: Prior to application of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for adhesion
Substrate temperature
Should be above 10C (50F) and below 49C (120F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
Approved primer (refer to primer Product Data Sheet for DFT)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V: 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils) DFT
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry lm thickness
Thermal spray aluminum
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V-300 white: 75 to 100 m (3.0 to 4.0 mils) DFT as a sealer
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is normally not required. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with
applicable regulations
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V
(AMERCOAT 873)
June 20, 2014
Revision of February 29, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/5
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 - 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.43 0.53 mm (approx. 0.017 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% can be added if desired
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate application
method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V
(AMERCOAT 873)
June 20, 2014
Revision of February 29, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/5
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: When shipping and handling equipment coated with PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V follow industry standard procedures for thin
lm coatings. Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
Curing time for DFT up to 50 m (2.0 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to overcoat Dry to handle
10C (50F)
21C (70F)
32C (90F)
49C (120F)
2 hours
30 minutes
20 minutes
15 minutes
8 hours
6 hours
4 hours
2 hours
48 hours
24 hours
24 hours
12 hours
Spreading rate and lm thickness
DFT Spreading rate and lm thickness
38 m (1.5 mils)
50 m (2.0 mils)
8.9 m/l (363 ft/US gal)
6.8 m/l (273 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V
(AMERCOAT 873)
June 20, 2014
Revision of February 29, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/5
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. AMERCOAT and DIMETCOTE are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP
and PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of PPG Coatings Europe B.V. SIGMAZINC is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V
(AMERCOAT 873)
June 20, 2014
Revision of February 29, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One component heat-resistant modied silicone topcoat, primarily for application to hot surfaces over the PPG HI-TEMP 1027
primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Heat-resistant topcoat with highly engineered silicone resin; able to withstand severe thermal cycling to 650C (1200F)
Superior color stability to 650C (1200F) for black and aluminum other colors to 538C (1000F)
Can be hot applied to substrates ranging from 149C (300F) to 260C (500F)
Excellent spray application properties
User-friendly system with excellent brush and roller application characteristics
Excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed surfaces
No softening in thermal cyclic service
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Standard and custom colors
Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/5
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of March 26, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.4 kg/l (12.1 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 51% 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 290 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 650C (1200F)
Color stability standard and custom colors To 538C (1000F)
Color stability black and aluminum To 650C (1200F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
10.2 m
2
/l for 50 m (409 ft
2
/US gal for 2.0 mils)
Dry to overcoat/touch-up
B
20 minutes at 177C (350F)
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/5
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is necessary. The PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer,
which can also be applied to hot surfaces, is recommended and should be applied in accordance with its Product Data
Sheet. If necessary, consult a PPG representative for alternative and approved primers. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply
one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast clean
to SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa2) with a prole of 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) or pressure wash to an equivalent
of an SSPC-SP 6 (ISO-Sa2) condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease,
and all other contaminants. Apply two coats of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT per coat for a
total of 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in good condition
If the old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove
all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in poor condition or with some localized corrosion
If old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines
for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination - just small areas of corrosion (less than 10%
of the area to be coated), power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry,
perform surface preparation and apply PPG HI-TEMP 1027 in accordance with the product data sheet on all areas where the
existing paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA at 50 to
63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT over the entire surface.
Note: Prior to application of the PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA topcoat over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test
for adhesion
Substrate temperature
Hot surface application from 149C (300F) to 260C (500F)
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry lm thickness
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is normally not required. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with
applicable regulations.
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of March 26, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPLICATION TO HOT STEEL
Do not apply at substrate temperatures below 149C (300F) or above 260C (500F).
Apply thin passes of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA topcoat during application to hot steel. This helps the solvent to escape the
coating without leaving pinholes behind. This application is similar to mist coating.
Do not apply a heavy coat to a hot surface or blistering will occur. If this happens, immediately take a brush (use wood
handled brushes with China bristles only, do not brush with synthetic bristles), and brush out the blister before it sets.
Application to hot surfaces can result in dry spray. To avoid dry spray, apply coatings without reaching.
Note: Do not thin with any solvent than those recommended below. A re hazard could occur if using a different thinner.
Dry spray and poor lm characteristics may also occur.
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5 %, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 - 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.43 0.53 mm (approx. 0.017 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of March 26, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/5
Page 4/5
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% can be added if desired
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate application
method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller. Brushing and rolling in one direction may aid in
building lm thickness.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
ADDITIONAL DATA
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
Curing time for DFT up to 63 m (2.5 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to overcoat/touch-up
149C (300F)
177C (350F)
232C (450F)
30 minutes
20 minutes
15 minutes
Spreading rate and lm thickness
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
10.2 m/l (409 ft/US gal)
8.1 m/l (327 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of March 26, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/5
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark and Bringing innovation to the surface. is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP and PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of
PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA
June 20, 2014
Revision of March 26, 2012
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One component heat resistant silicone topcoat for use in an elevated temperature coating system, primarily for application over
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Heat resistant topcoat with highly engineered silicone resin, able to withstand severe thermal cycling to 650C (1200F)
Superior color stability to 650C (1200F) for black and aluminum other colors to 538C (1000F)
Can be applied to hot substrates, ranging from 10C to 149C (50F to 300F)
Air dries rapidly
Excellent spray application properties
User-friendly system with excellent brush and roller application characteristics
Excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer, Inorganic Zinc (IOZ) or other
approved primers
No softening in thermal cyclic service
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Standard and custom colors, including aluminum
Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/5
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.4 kg/l (11.4 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 34% 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 272 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 650C (1200F)
Color stability standard and custom colors To 538C (1000F)
Color stability black and aluminum To 650C (1200F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
6.8 m
2
/l for 50 m (273 ft
2
/US gal for 2 mil)
Dry to touch
B
2 hours
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/5
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is necessary. Surfaces to be coated with
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 primer or Inorganic Zinc (IOZ) must be prepared and primed in accordance with the appropriate product
data sheet. Consult a PPG representative for alternate and approved primers, and if approved, prepare the surface and
apply the primer in accordance with the product data sheet for the approved primer. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply one
coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS topcoat at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast clean
to SSPC-SP 6 Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa2) with prole of 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) or pressure wash to an equivalent of
SSPC-SP 6 (ISO-Sa2) condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all
other contaminants. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Apply two coats of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS topcoat at 50 to
63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT per coat for a total of 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in good condition
If old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove
all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS at 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT.
Previously painted surfaces in poor condition or with some localized corrosion
If old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines for
new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination, just small areas of corrosion (less than 10% of the
area to be coated), power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry, perform
surface preparation and apply PPG HI-TEMP 1027 in accordance with the product data sheet on all areas where the existing
paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS at 50 to 63 m
(2.0 to 2.5 mils) DFT over the entire surface.
Note: Prior to application of PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for adhesion
Substrate temperature
Should be above 10C (50F) and below 149C (300F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
Option 1
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Option 2
Inorganic Zinc (IOZ) or other approved primer (refer to the respective Product Data Sheet for DFT)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry lm thickness
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/5
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is normally not required. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with
applicable regulations
Air spray
Recommended thinner
Application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F):
- THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
- THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrates 66C to 149C (150F to 300F):
- THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 - 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
Application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F):
- THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
- THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrates 66C to 149C (150F to 300F):
- THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.43 0.53 mm (approx. 0.017 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/5
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% of the thinners listed below can be added if desired
Application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F):
- THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
- THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrates 66C to 149C (150F to 300F):
- THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate application
method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: When shipping and handling equipment coated with PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS follow procedures for thin lm coatings.
Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
Curing time for DFT up to 63 m (2.5 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to overcoat Dry to handle
10C (50F)
21C (70F)
32C (90F)
66C (150F)
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
30 minutes
10 hours
8 hours
6 hours
4 hours
72 hours
24 hours
16 hours
12 hours
Spreading rate and lm thickness
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
50 m (2.0 mils)
63 m (2.5 mils)
6.8 m/l (273 ft/US gal)
5.4 m/l (218 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/5
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. and AMERCOAT are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP and
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 18, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
Heat-resistant modied silicone zinc primer for application in an elevated temperature coating system. Used primarily as the
primer in a system with the PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V topcoat.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Formulated to withstand severe thermal cycling to 650C (1200F)
Ambient temperature cure primer, with excellent weathering and corrosion resistance
Ideal heat resistant primer where time is a priority and one needs to topcoat quickly
Ideal primer for the PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V topcoat
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Gray
Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA - Overcoating intervals
Page 1/4
PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN
(AMERCOAT 872)
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Data for mixed product
Number of components Two
Mass density 1.5 kg/l (12.5 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 42% 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 256 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance To 650C (1200F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils)
Theoretical spreading rate
A
11.1 m
2
/l for 38 m (449 ft
2
/US gal for 1.5 mils)
Dry to touch
B
30 minutes
Dry to overcoat 4 hours
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 1 year when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/4
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
New or corroded surfaces
All surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of all chlorides, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease and all other contaminants.
Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Abrasive blast to an SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast (ISO-Sa2). Blast prole
should be 25 to 38 m (1.0 to 1.5 mils) in depth. If abrasive blasting is not permitted, prepare according to SSPC-SP 11
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal (ISO-St2) with a minimum of 25 m (1 mil) prole.
Substrate temperature
Should be above 10C (50F) and below 49C (120F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Uninsulated steel
PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN: 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 1000 V: 38 to 50 m (1.5 to 2.0 mils)
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry lm thickness
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN primer is a two-component coating system. First mix the base liquid with a paddle or mechanical
agitation. Next, sift the zinc dust into the liquid base using mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix until uniform in consistency.
Thinning is not normally needed. If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with
applicable regulations.
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN
(AMERCOAT 872)
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/4
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.43 0.53 mm (approx. 0.017 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
20.7 MPa (approx. 207 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11 / AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: When shipping and handling equipment coated with PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN primer follow procedures for thin lm
coatings. Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
Curing time for DFT up to 50 m (2.0 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to overcoat Dry to handle
21C (70F) 30 minutes 4 hours 24 hours
Spreading rate and lm thickness
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
38 m (1.5 mils)
50 m (2.0 mils)
11.1 m/l (449 ft/US gal)
8.4 m/l (337 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN
(AMERCOAT 872)
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/4
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. and AMERCOAT are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP is a
trademark of PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 1050 ZN
(AMERCOAT 872)
June 20, 2014
Revision of November 18, 2011
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One component, high-build heat-resistant inert multipolymeric matrix coating to prevent corrosion under insulation (CUI) of carbon
and stainless steel to temperatures ranging up to 650C (1200F) and for cryogenic service on stainless steel from -185C to
538C (-300F to 1000F). Also to be used as a primer on non-insulated steel in a system with PPG HI-TEMP topcoats.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Formulated to prevent chloride induced stress corrosion cracking of stainless steel and has been tested by an independent
laboratory for low leachable chlorides, suldes and halides. It helps protect against chlorides from the atmosphere and
by-products of process operations, which may be incorporated in the insulation from coming in contact with stainless steel
Can be hot applied direct to substrates with a temperature up to 316C (600F) eliminating the need for
costly shutdown during maintenance
Can be topcoated with a full range of heat resistant PPG HI-TEMP topcoats
Resistant to thermal shock and thermal cycling in intermittent (wet, steam, dry) service
Can be applied to tightly adhering rust in maintenance and repair situations
Protects cryogenic equipment in continuous or cyclic operation from -185C to 538C (-300F to 1000F)
Provides an UV-resistant, chalking-free lm with no maximum recoat interval, regardless of operating temperature,
as long as the surface to be recoated is clean and free of all contaminants
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Black, gray and light gray
Flat
Note: Minor color change may occur in exposed service, but corrosion protection will not be compromised
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA Curing time
Page 1/7
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.92 kg/l (16 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 65% + 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 210 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 420 g/l (3.5 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance (continuous) To 650C (1200F)
Temperature resistance (intermittent) To 760C (1400F)
Cryogenic service -185C (-300F) to 538C (1000F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) per coat
Theoretical spreading rate
A
5.2 m
2
/l for 125 m (208 ft
2
/US gal for 5.0 mils)
Dry to recoat/topcoat
B
6 hours
Dry to handle/ship 24 hours
Shelf life 2 years when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/7
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
Carbon steel
All surfaces to be coated with PPG HI-TEMP 1027 must be free of all weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other
contaminants, especially salts. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges.
In maintenance and repair situations, PPG HI-TEMP 1027 can be applied over a surface in which tightly adhering rust is still
present; remove all rust scale and loosely adhering rust until glints of bright metal are visible. The remaining rust must be
tightly adherent and not easily removed by lightly wiping with a cloth.
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 should only be used to overcoat inorganic zinc or itself. When overcoating aged inorganic zinc, prepare
a small test patch and check for adhesion. If previously applied coatings other than inorganic zinc or PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are
not fully removed by the method of surface preparation utilized, feather the edges of any remaining old coating, and use
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 to spot prime only the areas where the substrate is exposed.
Non-insulated surfaces
Recommended is dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa 2) with a 25 to 50 m (1.0 to 2.0
mils) prole
When abrasive blast cleaning is not an option, the following methods are acceptable: (1) SSPC-SP 15 Commercial Grade
Power Tool Cleaning, with a minimum 25 m (1.0 mil) prole; (2) SSPC-SP 12, Surface Preparation by Water-jetting Prior
to Recoating to meet the visual denition of WJ-3, Thorough Cleaning. Use potable water; (3) SSPC-SP3, Power Tool
Cleaning (ISO-St 3) or SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning (ISO-St 2)
Insulated surfaces
Recommended is dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa 2) with a 25 to 50 m (1.0 to 2.0
mils) prole
When abrasive blast cleaning is not an option, the following methods are acceptable: (1) SSPC-SP 15 Commercial Grade
Power Tool Cleaning, with a minimum 25 m (1.0 mil) prole; (2) SSPC-SP 12, Surface Preparation by Water-jetting Prior
to Recoating to meet the visual denition of WJ-3, Thorough Cleaning. Use potable water. All existing coating must be
removed except for aged inorganic zinc or existing PPG HI-TEMP 1027; (3) Power or hand tool cleaning to remove all existing
coating except for aged inorganic zinc or existing PPG HI-TEMP 1027
Stainless steel
All surfaces to be coated with PPG HI-TEMP 1027 shall be free of all weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other
contaminants, especially salts. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges.
Note: Do not use chlorinated solvents on stainless steel surfaces
Non-insulated and insulated surfaces
Small surfaces may be cleaned with a chlorinated-free solvent. Large surfaces may be cleaned utilizing a high- or
low-pressure wash or steam cleaning with an alkaline detergent, followed by a freshwater rinse. Water used should be potable
grade or better and should be checked to assure minimal salt content. Do not use any chemical additives in the rinse water.
An anchor prole is not mandatory for adhesion of PPG HI-TEMP 1027 on stainless steel surfaces. As an option, following
cleaning, a light abrasive sweep blast using an appropriate chloride-free abrasive may be performed. After completion
of this mechanical surface preparation, rinse the surface with potable grade water or better. Always allow rinsed surfaces
to dry before coating.
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/7
Substrate temperature
Application to ambient substrate: should be above 10C (50F) and below 66C (150F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew point
during application and curing
Application to hot substrate: should be above 66C (150F) and below 316C (600F)
Note: For application to substrates over 260C to 316C (500F to 600F) a PPG representative needs to be consulted.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Insulated and non-insulated service: applied direct to ambient or hot carbon or stainless steel
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
Note:
Third layer optional at 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT; Total 375 to 450 m (15.0 to 18.0 mils) DFT
For insulated service, apply PPG HI-TEMP 1027 to achieve a minimum of 250 m (10.0 mils) DFT
Primer/ topcoat system non-insulated service: applied direct to ambient or hot carbon and stainless steel
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
PPG HI-TEMP topcoats ambient apply: PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS or PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VS, hot apply: PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA
or PPG HI-TEMP 1000 VHA
Cryogenic insulated and non-insulated service: ambient stainless steel with service temperature range of -73C to
204C (-100F to 400F)
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT; Total 250 to 300 m (10.0 to 12.0 mils) DFT
Cryogenic insulated and non-insulated service: ambient stainless steel with service temperature range of -185C to
538C (-300F to 1000F)
PPG HI-TEMP 1027: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
Note: Do not exceed 200 m (8.0 mils) total DFT
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/7
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 is a heavy bodied material; use mechanical agitation for mixing immediately before application and as
needed during application. Be sure any settled solids are incorporated during mixing. If thinning is needed, thin only with PPG
thinners and in accordance with applicable regulations. Agitate as needed during application.
For ambient application, surface temperature should be a minimum of 3C (5F) above dew point. Do not apply to surface
temperatures below 10C (50F).
Do not exceed recommended maximum dry lm thicknesses for the appropriate service type and temperatures.
It is essential to apply multiple thin passes of PPG HI-TEMP 1027 during application to hot steel. This process, similar to mist
coating, prevents blistering and also allows solvent to escape without leaving pinholes.
When applying to hot steel, use of a solvent other than THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP #5 could produce a re hazard, and
dry spray and poor lm characteristics may also result. If blisters are observed in PPG HI-TEMP 1027 applied to hot surfaces,
immediately brush out the blisters before they set, using a wood-handled China bristle brush.
For best results, do not apply PPG HI-TEMP 1027-00 black or PPG HI-TEMP 1027-90 gray over PPG HI-TEMP 1027-9003
light gray.
Air spray
Recommended thinner
Application to ambient substrate:
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrate at 66C (150F) up to 260C (500F):
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/7
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
Application to ambient substrate:
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrate at 66C (150F) up to 260C (500F):
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
0.48 0.53 mm (approx. 0.019 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
13.8 MPa (approx. 138 bar; 2000 p.s.i.)
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% can be added if desired
Application to ambient substrate:
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrate at 66C (150F) up to 260C (500F):
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller may be used. The coating
should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller. Brushing and rolling only in one direction may aid in building lm
thickness. For more specic instructions, refer to the PPG HI-TEMP application guidelines.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 6/7
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: Drying times can vary based on environmental and substrate conditions. Do not exceed maximum dry lm thickness
recommendations as this can affect dry times.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
Curing time for DFT up to 150 m (6.0 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to recoat/topcoat Dry to handle/ship
10C (50.0F)
21C (70.0F)
38C (100.0F)
150C (302F)
24 hours
6 hours
5 hours
15 minutes
24 hours
24 hours
24 hours
N/A
Spreading rate and lm thickness Black and Colors
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
125 m (5.0 mils)
150 m (6.0 mils)
5.2 m/l (208 ft/US gal)
4.3 m/l (174 ft/US gal)
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 7/7
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this
sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specic
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPGs knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-users responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its
sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does
not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations
in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyers
responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo is a registered trademark. Bringing innovation to the surface. and AMERCOAT are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. PPG HI-TEMP and
PPG HI-TEMP 1027 are trademarks of PPG Coatings Europe B.V.
PPG HI-TEMP 1027
June 24, 2014
Revision of January 28, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
DESCRIPTION
One component, high-build multi-polymeric composite heat resistant coating to prevent corrosion of insulated and non-
insulated carbon steel and stainless steel to temperatures up to 204C (400F) and for cryogenic service on stainless steel
from -185C to 204C (-300F to 400F). Also to be used as a primer with PPG HI-TEMP topcoats and with the PPG HI-TEMP
707 HB liquid insulation system.
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
Can be used as a primer with PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS as a topcoat
Can be used as a primer with PPG HI-TEMP 707 HB liquid insulation system
Meets CS-1, CS-3 and CS-4 in NACE SPO198-10 for corrosion under insulation
Meets SS-1, SS-2 and SS-3 in NACE SP0198-10 for chloride induced stress corrosion cracking
Durable, tough coating
Can be applied to ambient substrates and to hot substrates having a metal temperature up to 204C (400F)
Resistant to thermal shock and thermal cycling in intermittent wet/dry/wet service
Forms a superior corrosion resistant system when applied over properly prepared surfaces
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL
Dark gray
Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20C (68F)
A
See ADDITIONAL DATA Spreading rate and lm thickness
B
See ADDITIONAL DATA - Overcoating intervals
Page 1/6
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G
(HEATCOAT 884)
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 20, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Number of components One
Mass density 1.81 kg/l (15.1 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 50% 2%
VOC (Supplied) Maximum 265 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Maximum 372 g/l (3.1 lb/gal)
Temperature resistance (continuous) To 204C (400F)
Temperature resistance (intermittent) To 232C (450F)
Cryogenic service -185C (-300F) to 204C (400F)
Recommended dry lm thickness 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) or 200 to 250 m (8.0 to 10.0 mils) depending on the system
Theoretical spreading rate
A
5.0 m
2
/l for 100 m (200 ft
2
/US gal for 4.0 mils) DFT
Dry to touch
B
2 hours
Dry to topcoat 18 hours
Dry to handle 24 hours
Shelf life 1 year when stored at 4C to 38C (40F to 100F)
Page 2/6
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
Carbon steel
Surface to be coated should be dry and free of all weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other contaminants, especially salts.
Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Dry abrasive blast clean to an SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast (ISO-Sa 2) with a
38 to 63 m (1.5 to 2.5 mils) prole. Wet abrasive blast or UHP wash with grit injection to achieve an equivalent of a SSPC
SP 6 (ISO-Sa 2).
Note: If abrasive blast preparation is not possible, use SSPC-SP 11, power tool cleaning to bare metal (ISO-St 3)
Stainless steel
All surfaces to be coated with PPG HI-TEMP 222 G shall be free of all weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other
contaminants, especially salts. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges.
Note: Do not use chlorinated solvents on stainless steel surfaces
Non-insulated and insulated surfaces
Small surfaces may be cleaned with a chlorinated-free solvent. Large surfaces may be cleaned utilizing a high- or
low-pressure wash or steam cleaning with an alkaline detergent, followed by a freshwater rinse. Water used should be potable
grade or better and should be checked to assure minimal salt content. Do not use any chemical additives in the rinse water.
An anchor prole is not mandatory for adhesion of PPG HI-TEMP 222 G on stainless steel surfaces. As an option, following
cleaning, a light abrasive sweep blast using an appropriate chloride-free abrasive may be performed. After completion
of this mechanical surface preparation, rinse the surface with potable grade water or better. Always allow rinsed surfaces
to dry before coating.
Substrate temperature
Application to ambient substrate: should be above 10C (50F) and below 66C (150F), and at least 3C (5F) above dew
point during application and curing
Application to hot substrate: should be above 66C (150F) up to 204C (400F)
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
Under insulation ambient or hot application (66C (150F) to 204C (400F)) one coat
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 200 to 250 m (8.0 to 10.0 mils) DFT
Under insulation ambient or hot application (66C (150F) to 204C (400F)) two coats
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 100 to 125 m (4.0 to 5.0 mils) DFT
Note:
A minimum of 200 m (8.0 mils) shall be applied for protection against Corrosion Under Insulation (CUI)
Maximum temperature resistance for under insulation is 204C (400F) with intermittent temperature resistance to 232C (450F)
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G
(HEATCOAT 884)
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 20, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 3/6
Primer / topcoat system ambient or hot application (66C (150F) to 149C (300F))
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Primer / topcoat system hot application (149C (300F) to 204C (400F))
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA: 50 to 63 m (2.0 to 2.5 mils)
Primer / Liquid Insulation system
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G: 125 to 150 m (5.0 to 6.0 mils) DFT
PPG HI-TEMP 707 HB: 1000 to 1250 m (40.0 to 50.0 mils) DFT per layer
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G is a heavy bodied material; use mechanical agitation for mixing immediately before application and as
needed during application. Be sure any settled solids are incorporated during mixing.
If a condition warrants thinning, only PPG thinners should be used and in accordance with applicable regulations
It is essential to apply multiple thin passes of PPG HI-TEMP 222 G during application to hot steel. This process, similar to
mist coating, prevents blistering and also allows solvent to escape without leaving pinholes. Use of a solvent other than
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5 could produce a re hazard, and dry spray and poor lm characteristics may
also result. If blisters are observed in PPG HI-TEMP 222 G applied to hot surfaces, immediately brush out the blisters before
they set, using a wood handled China bristle brush. Note that the higher the substrate temperature, the shorter the recoat time.
Air spray
Recommended thinner - application to ambient substrate below 66C (150F)
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Recommended thinner - application to hot substrate 66C (150F) up to 204C (400F)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5% for ambient application, depending on required thickness and application conditions
0 - 10% for hot application, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
1.8 2.2 mm (approx. 0.071 - 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.4 0.6 MPa (approx. 4.1 5.5 bar; 60 80 p.s.i.)
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G
(HEATCOAT 884)
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 20, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 4/6
Airless spray
Recommended thinner - application to ambient substrate
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Recommended thinner - application to hot substrate 66C (150F) up to 204C (400F)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Volume of thinner
0 5% for ambient application, depending on required thickness and application conditions
0 - 10% for hot application, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orice
Approx. 0.48 0.53 mm (approx. 0.019 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
5.2 - 8.3 MPa (approx. 52 - 83 bar; 750 - 1200 p.s.i.)
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% for ambient application or 10% for hot application can be added if desired
Application to ambient substrate:
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
Application to hot substrate 66C (150F) up to 204C (400F)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
Note: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roller is an appropriate application
method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller. Brushing and rolling in one direction may aid in
building lm thickness.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06 (PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 11/AMERCOAT 65)
THINNER 91-10 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 10 (VOC compliant)
THINNER 21-25 or PPG HI-TEMP THINNER 5
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G
(HEATCOAT 884)
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 20, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Page 5/6
ADDITIONAL DATA
Note: Do not exceed recommended dry lm thickness when applying to un-insulated steel
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this product data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheet (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application
of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local, health, safety and environmental
regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for
painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
Curing time for DFT up to 250 m (10.0 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to handle/ship
10C (50F)
21C (70F)
> 121C (250F)
4 hours
2 hours
N/A
48 hours
24 hours
N/A
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G
(HEATCOAT 884)
June 24, 2014
Revision of February 20, 2014
PRODUCT DATA SHEET
Overcoating intervals for PPG HI-TEMP 222 G for DFT up to 150 m (6.0 mils)
Overcoating with Interval 10C (50F) 21C (70F) >149C (300F)
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VS Minimum
Maximum
18 hours
90 days
18 hours
90 days
N/A
90 days
PPG HI-TEMP 500 VHA Minimum
Maximum
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 minutes
90 days
PPG HI-TEMP 222 G Minimum
Maximum
18 hours
90 days
6 hours
90 days
N/A
90 days
Spreading rate and lm thickness
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
100 m (4.0 mils)
125 m (5.0 mils)
200 m (8.0 mils)
250 m (10.0 mils)
5.0 m
2
/l (200 ft
2
/US gal)
3.9 m
2
/l (160 ft
2
/US gal)
2.5 m
2
/l (100 ft
2
/US gal)
2.0 m
2
/l (80 ft
2
/US gal)
Page 6/6
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However,
slight modication of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
CONVERSION TABLES SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1410
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SEE INFORMATION SHEET 1411
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPGs specications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall
be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within
ve (5) days of Buyers discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the
product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyers failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required